mirror of
https://github.com/vim/vim
synced 2025-03-25 19:25:10 +01:00
Problem: the max value of 'tabheight' is limited by other tabpages Solution: Limit the maximum value of 'cmdheight' to the current tabpage only. (Milly) The Help says that cmdheight is local to the tab page, but says nothing about the maximum value depending on the state of all tab pages. Users may wonder why they can't increase cmdheight when there are still rows available on the current tab page. This PR changes the behavior of cmdheight so that its maximum value depends only on the state of the current tab page. Also, since magic numbers were embedded in various places with the minimum value of cmdheight being 1, we defined a constant to make it easier to understand. closes: #16131 Signed-off-by: Milly <milly.ca@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
8046 lines
191 KiB
C
8046 lines
191 KiB
C
/* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet:
|
|
*
|
|
* VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
*
|
|
* Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read a list of people who contributed.
|
|
* Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
* See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#include "vim.h"
|
|
|
|
static void cmd_with_count(char *cmd, char_u *bufp, size_t bufsize, long Prenum);
|
|
static void win_init(win_T *newp, win_T *oldp, int flags);
|
|
static void win_init_some(win_T *newp, win_T *oldp);
|
|
static void frame_comp_pos(frame_T *topfrp, int *row, int *col);
|
|
static void frame_setheight(frame_T *curfrp, int height);
|
|
static void frame_setwidth(frame_T *curfrp, int width);
|
|
static void win_exchange(long);
|
|
static void win_rotate(int, int);
|
|
static void win_equal_rec(win_T *next_curwin, int current, frame_T *topfr, int dir, int col, int row, int width, int height);
|
|
static void trigger_winnewpre(void);
|
|
static void trigger_winclosed(win_T *win);
|
|
static win_T *win_free_mem(win_T *win, int *dirp, tabpage_T *tp);
|
|
static frame_T *win_altframe(win_T *win, tabpage_T *tp);
|
|
static tabpage_T *alt_tabpage(void);
|
|
static win_T *frame2win(frame_T *frp);
|
|
static int frame_has_win(frame_T *frp, win_T *wp);
|
|
static void win_fix_scroll(int resize);
|
|
static void win_fix_cursor(int normal);
|
|
static void frame_new_height(frame_T *topfrp, int height, int topfirst, int wfh);
|
|
static int frame_fixed_height(frame_T *frp);
|
|
static int frame_fixed_width(frame_T *frp);
|
|
static void frame_add_statusline(frame_T *frp);
|
|
static void frame_new_width(frame_T *topfrp, int width, int leftfirst, int wfw);
|
|
static void frame_add_vsep(frame_T *frp);
|
|
static int frame_minwidth(frame_T *topfrp, win_T *next_curwin);
|
|
static void frame_fix_width(win_T *wp);
|
|
static int win_alloc_firstwin(win_T *oldwin);
|
|
static void new_frame(win_T *wp);
|
|
static tabpage_T *alloc_tabpage(void);
|
|
static int leave_tabpage(buf_T *new_curbuf, int trigger_leave_autocmds);
|
|
static void enter_tabpage(tabpage_T *tp, buf_T *old_curbuf, int trigger_enter_autocmds, int trigger_leave_autocmds);
|
|
static void frame_fix_height(win_T *wp);
|
|
static int frame_minheight(frame_T *topfrp, win_T *next_curwin);
|
|
static int may_open_tabpage(void);
|
|
static int win_enter_ext(win_T *wp, int flags);
|
|
static void win_free(win_T *wp, tabpage_T *tp);
|
|
static void win_append(win_T *after, win_T *wp);
|
|
static void frame_append(frame_T *after, frame_T *frp);
|
|
static void frame_insert(frame_T *before, frame_T *frp);
|
|
static void frame_remove(frame_T *frp);
|
|
static void win_goto_ver(int up, long count);
|
|
static void win_goto_hor(int left, long count);
|
|
static void frame_add_height(frame_T *frp, int n);
|
|
static void last_status_rec(frame_T *fr, int statusline);
|
|
static void frame_flatten(frame_T *frp);
|
|
static void winframe_restore(win_T *wp, int dir, frame_T *unflat_altfr);
|
|
|
|
static int make_snapshot_rec(frame_T *fr, frame_T **frp);
|
|
static void clear_snapshot(tabpage_T *tp, int idx);
|
|
static void clear_snapshot_rec(frame_T *fr);
|
|
static int check_snapshot_rec(frame_T *sn, frame_T *fr);
|
|
static win_T *restore_snapshot_rec(frame_T *sn, frame_T *fr);
|
|
static win_T *get_snapshot_curwin(int idx);
|
|
|
|
static int frame_check_height(frame_T *topfrp, int height);
|
|
static int frame_check_width(frame_T *topfrp, int width);
|
|
|
|
static win_T *win_alloc(win_T *after, int hidden);
|
|
|
|
#define NOWIN ((win_T *)-1) // non-existing window
|
|
|
|
#define ROWS_AVAIL (Rows - p_ch - tabline_height())
|
|
|
|
// flags for win_enter_ext()
|
|
#define WEE_UNDO_SYNC 0x01
|
|
#define WEE_CURWIN_INVALID 0x02
|
|
#define WEE_TRIGGER_NEW_AUTOCMDS 0x04
|
|
#define WEE_TRIGGER_ENTER_AUTOCMDS 0x08
|
|
#define WEE_TRIGGER_LEAVE_AUTOCMDS 0x10
|
|
#define WEE_ALLOW_PARSE_MESSAGES 0x20
|
|
|
|
static char *m_onlyone = N_("Already only one window");
|
|
|
|
// When non-zero splitting a window is forbidden. Used to avoid that nasty
|
|
// autocommands mess up the window structure.
|
|
static int split_disallowed = 0;
|
|
|
|
// When non-zero closing a window is forbidden. Used to avoid that nasty
|
|
// autocommands mess up the window structure.
|
|
static int close_disallowed = 0;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Disallow changing the window layout (split window, close window, move
|
|
* window). Resizing is still allowed.
|
|
* Used for autocommands that temporarily use another window and need to
|
|
* make sure the previously selected window is still there.
|
|
* Must be matched with exactly one call to window_layout_unlock()!
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
window_layout_lock(void)
|
|
{
|
|
++split_disallowed;
|
|
++close_disallowed;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
window_layout_unlock(void)
|
|
{
|
|
--split_disallowed;
|
|
--close_disallowed;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* When the window layout cannot be changed give an error and return TRUE.
|
|
* "cmd" indicates the action being performed and is used to pick the relevant
|
|
* error message.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
window_layout_locked(enum CMD_index cmd)
|
|
{
|
|
if (split_disallowed > 0 || close_disallowed > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (close_disallowed == 0 && cmd == CMD_tabnew)
|
|
emsg(_(e_cannot_split_window_when_closing_buffer));
|
|
else
|
|
emsg(_(e_not_allowed_to_change_window_layout_in_this_autocmd));
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// #define WIN_DEBUG
|
|
#ifdef WIN_DEBUG
|
|
/*
|
|
* Call this method to log the current window layout.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
log_frame_layout(frame_T *frame)
|
|
{
|
|
ch_log(NULL, "layout %s, wi: %d, he: %d, wwi: %d, whe: %d, id: %d",
|
|
frame->fr_layout == FR_LEAF ? "LEAF"
|
|
: frame->fr_layout == FR_ROW ? "ROW" : "COL",
|
|
frame->fr_width,
|
|
frame->fr_height,
|
|
frame->fr_win == NULL ? -1 : frame->fr_win->w_width,
|
|
frame->fr_win == NULL ? -1 : frame->fr_win->w_height,
|
|
frame->fr_win == NULL ? -1 : frame->fr_win->w_id);
|
|
if (frame->fr_child != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
ch_log(NULL, "children");
|
|
log_frame_layout(frame->fr_child);
|
|
if (frame->fr_next != NULL)
|
|
ch_log(NULL, "END of children");
|
|
}
|
|
if (frame->fr_next != NULL)
|
|
log_frame_layout(frame->fr_next);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check if the current window is allowed to move to a different buffer.
|
|
* If the window has 'winfixbuf', this function will return FALSE.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
check_can_set_curbuf_disabled(void)
|
|
{
|
|
if (curwin->w_p_wfb)
|
|
{
|
|
emsg(_(e_winfixbuf_cannot_go_to_buffer));
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check if the current window is allowed to move to a different buffer.
|
|
* If the window has 'winfixbuf', then forceit must be TRUE or this function
|
|
* will return FALSE.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
check_can_set_curbuf_forceit(int forceit)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!forceit && curwin->w_p_wfb)
|
|
{
|
|
emsg(_(e_winfixbuf_cannot_go_to_buffer));
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return the current window, unless in the cmdline window and "prevwin" is
|
|
* set, then return "prevwin".
|
|
*/
|
|
win_T *
|
|
prevwin_curwin(void)
|
|
{
|
|
// In cmdwin, the alternative buffer should be used.
|
|
return is_in_cmdwin() && prevwin != NULL ? prevwin : curwin;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the 'switchbuf' option contains "useopen" or "usetab", then try to jump
|
|
* to a window containing "buf".
|
|
* Returns the pointer to the window that was jumped to or NULL.
|
|
*/
|
|
win_T *
|
|
swbuf_goto_win_with_buf(buf_T *buf)
|
|
{
|
|
win_T *wp = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (buf == NULL)
|
|
return wp;
|
|
|
|
// If 'switchbuf' contains "useopen": jump to first window in the current
|
|
// tab page containing "buf" if one exists.
|
|
if (swb_flags & SWB_USEOPEN)
|
|
wp = buf_jump_open_win(buf);
|
|
|
|
// If 'switchbuf' contains "usetab": jump to first window in any tab page
|
|
// containing "buf" if one exists.
|
|
if (wp == NULL && (swb_flags & SWB_USETAB))
|
|
wp = buf_jump_open_tab(buf);
|
|
|
|
return wp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* All CTRL-W window commands are handled here, called from normal_cmd().
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
do_window(
|
|
int nchar,
|
|
long Prenum,
|
|
int xchar) // extra char from ":wincmd gx" or NUL
|
|
{
|
|
long Prenum1;
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
char_u *ptr;
|
|
linenr_T lnum = -1;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
int type = FIND_DEFINE;
|
|
int len;
|
|
#endif
|
|
char_u cbuf[40];
|
|
|
|
if (ERROR_IF_ANY_POPUP_WINDOW)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
#define CHECK_CMDWIN \
|
|
do { \
|
|
if (cmdwin_type != 0) \
|
|
{ \
|
|
emsg(_(e_invalid_in_cmdline_window)); \
|
|
return; \
|
|
} \
|
|
} while (0)
|
|
|
|
Prenum1 = Prenum == 0 ? 1 : Prenum;
|
|
|
|
switch (nchar)
|
|
{
|
|
// split current window in two parts, horizontally
|
|
case 'S':
|
|
case Ctrl_S:
|
|
case 's':
|
|
CHECK_CMDWIN;
|
|
reset_VIsual_and_resel(); // stop Visual mode
|
|
// When splitting the quickfix window open a new buffer in it,
|
|
// don't replicate the quickfix buffer.
|
|
if (bt_quickfix(curbuf))
|
|
goto newwindow;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
need_mouse_correct = TRUE;
|
|
#endif
|
|
(void)win_split((int)Prenum, 0);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// split current window in two parts, vertically
|
|
case Ctrl_V:
|
|
case 'v':
|
|
CHECK_CMDWIN;
|
|
reset_VIsual_and_resel(); // stop Visual mode
|
|
// When splitting the quickfix window open a new buffer in it,
|
|
// don't replicate the quickfix buffer.
|
|
if (bt_quickfix(curbuf))
|
|
goto newwindow;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
need_mouse_correct = TRUE;
|
|
#endif
|
|
(void)win_split((int)Prenum, WSP_VERT);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// split current window and edit alternate file
|
|
case Ctrl_HAT:
|
|
case '^':
|
|
CHECK_CMDWIN;
|
|
reset_VIsual_and_resel(); // stop Visual mode
|
|
|
|
if (buflist_findnr(Prenum == 0
|
|
? curwin->w_alt_fnum : Prenum) == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (Prenum == 0)
|
|
emsg(_(e_no_alternate_file));
|
|
else
|
|
semsg(_(e_buffer_nr_not_found), Prenum);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!curbuf_locked() && win_split(0, 0) == OK)
|
|
(void)buflist_getfile(
|
|
Prenum == 0 ? curwin->w_alt_fnum : Prenum,
|
|
(linenr_T)0, GETF_ALT, FALSE);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// open new window
|
|
case Ctrl_N:
|
|
case 'n':
|
|
CHECK_CMDWIN;
|
|
reset_VIsual_and_resel(); // stop Visual mode
|
|
newwindow:
|
|
if (Prenum)
|
|
// window height
|
|
vim_snprintf((char *)cbuf, sizeof(cbuf) - 5, "%ld", Prenum);
|
|
else
|
|
cbuf[0] = NUL;
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
|
|
if (nchar == 'v' || nchar == Ctrl_V)
|
|
STRCAT(cbuf, "v");
|
|
#endif
|
|
STRCAT(cbuf, "new");
|
|
do_cmdline_cmd(cbuf);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// quit current window
|
|
case Ctrl_Q:
|
|
case 'q':
|
|
reset_VIsual_and_resel(); // stop Visual mode
|
|
cmd_with_count("quit", cbuf, sizeof(cbuf), Prenum);
|
|
do_cmdline_cmd(cbuf);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// close current window
|
|
case Ctrl_C:
|
|
case 'c':
|
|
reset_VIsual_and_resel(); // stop Visual mode
|
|
cmd_with_count("close", cbuf, sizeof(cbuf), Prenum);
|
|
do_cmdline_cmd(cbuf);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
|
|
// close preview window
|
|
case Ctrl_Z:
|
|
case 'z':
|
|
CHECK_CMDWIN;
|
|
reset_VIsual_and_resel(); // stop Visual mode
|
|
do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"pclose");
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// cursor to preview window
|
|
case 'P':
|
|
FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
if (wp->w_p_pvw)
|
|
break;
|
|
if (wp == NULL)
|
|
emsg(_(e_there_is_no_preview_window));
|
|
else
|
|
win_goto(wp);
|
|
break;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
// close all but current window
|
|
case Ctrl_O:
|
|
case 'o':
|
|
CHECK_CMDWIN;
|
|
reset_VIsual_and_resel(); // stop Visual mode
|
|
cmd_with_count("only", cbuf, sizeof(cbuf), Prenum);
|
|
do_cmdline_cmd(cbuf);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// cursor to next window with wrap around
|
|
case Ctrl_W:
|
|
case 'w':
|
|
// cursor to previous window with wrap around
|
|
case 'W':
|
|
CHECK_CMDWIN;
|
|
if (ONE_WINDOW && Prenum != 1) // just one window
|
|
beep_flush();
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (Prenum) // go to specified window
|
|
{
|
|
for (wp = firstwin; --Prenum > 0; )
|
|
{
|
|
if (wp->w_next == NULL)
|
|
break;
|
|
else
|
|
wp = wp->w_next;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (nchar == 'W') // go to previous window
|
|
{
|
|
wp = curwin->w_prev;
|
|
if (wp == NULL)
|
|
wp = lastwin; // wrap around
|
|
}
|
|
else // go to next window
|
|
{
|
|
wp = curwin->w_next;
|
|
if (wp == NULL)
|
|
wp = firstwin; // wrap around
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
win_goto(wp);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// cursor to window below
|
|
case 'j':
|
|
case K_DOWN:
|
|
case Ctrl_J:
|
|
CHECK_CMDWIN;
|
|
win_goto_ver(FALSE, Prenum1);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// cursor to window above
|
|
case 'k':
|
|
case K_UP:
|
|
case Ctrl_K:
|
|
CHECK_CMDWIN;
|
|
win_goto_ver(TRUE, Prenum1);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// cursor to left window
|
|
case 'h':
|
|
case K_LEFT:
|
|
case Ctrl_H:
|
|
case K_BS:
|
|
CHECK_CMDWIN;
|
|
win_goto_hor(TRUE, Prenum1);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// cursor to right window
|
|
case 'l':
|
|
case K_RIGHT:
|
|
case Ctrl_L:
|
|
CHECK_CMDWIN;
|
|
win_goto_hor(FALSE, Prenum1);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// move window to new tab page
|
|
case 'T':
|
|
CHECK_CMDWIN;
|
|
if (one_window())
|
|
msg(_(m_onlyone));
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
tabpage_T *oldtab = curtab;
|
|
tabpage_T *newtab;
|
|
|
|
// First create a new tab with the window, then go back to
|
|
// the old tab and close the window there.
|
|
wp = curwin;
|
|
if (win_new_tabpage((int)Prenum) == OK
|
|
&& valid_tabpage(oldtab))
|
|
{
|
|
newtab = curtab;
|
|
goto_tabpage_tp(oldtab, TRUE, TRUE);
|
|
if (curwin == wp)
|
|
win_close(curwin, FALSE);
|
|
if (valid_tabpage(newtab))
|
|
goto_tabpage_tp(newtab, TRUE, TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// cursor to top-left window
|
|
case 't':
|
|
case Ctrl_T:
|
|
win_goto(firstwin);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// cursor to bottom-right window
|
|
case 'b':
|
|
case Ctrl_B:
|
|
win_goto(lastwin);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// cursor to last accessed (previous) window
|
|
case 'p':
|
|
case Ctrl_P:
|
|
if (!win_valid(prevwin))
|
|
beep_flush();
|
|
else
|
|
win_goto(prevwin);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// exchange current and next window
|
|
case 'x':
|
|
case Ctrl_X:
|
|
CHECK_CMDWIN;
|
|
win_exchange(Prenum);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// rotate windows downwards
|
|
case Ctrl_R:
|
|
case 'r':
|
|
CHECK_CMDWIN;
|
|
reset_VIsual_and_resel(); // stop Visual mode
|
|
win_rotate(FALSE, (int)Prenum1); // downwards
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// rotate windows upwards
|
|
case 'R':
|
|
CHECK_CMDWIN;
|
|
reset_VIsual_and_resel(); // stop Visual mode
|
|
win_rotate(TRUE, (int)Prenum1); // upwards
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// move window to the very top/bottom/left/right
|
|
case 'K':
|
|
case 'J':
|
|
case 'H':
|
|
case 'L':
|
|
CHECK_CMDWIN;
|
|
if (ONE_WINDOW)
|
|
beep_flush();
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
int dir = ((nchar == 'H' || nchar == 'L') ? WSP_VERT : 0)
|
|
| ((nchar == 'H' || nchar == 'K') ? WSP_TOP : WSP_BOT);
|
|
|
|
(void)win_splitmove(curwin, (int)Prenum, dir);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// make all windows the same width and/or height
|
|
case '=':
|
|
{
|
|
int mod = cmdmod.cmod_split & (WSP_VERT | WSP_HOR);
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
need_mouse_correct = TRUE;
|
|
#endif
|
|
win_equal(NULL, FALSE,
|
|
mod == WSP_VERT ? 'v' : mod == WSP_HOR ? 'h' : 'b');
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// increase current window height
|
|
case '+':
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
need_mouse_correct = TRUE;
|
|
#endif
|
|
win_setheight(curwin->w_height + (int)Prenum1);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// decrease current window height
|
|
case '-':
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
need_mouse_correct = TRUE;
|
|
#endif
|
|
win_setheight(curwin->w_height - (int)Prenum1);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// set current window height
|
|
case Ctrl__:
|
|
case '_':
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
need_mouse_correct = TRUE;
|
|
#endif
|
|
win_setheight(Prenum ? (int)Prenum : 9999);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// increase current window width
|
|
case '>':
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
need_mouse_correct = TRUE;
|
|
#endif
|
|
win_setwidth(curwin->w_width + (int)Prenum1);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// decrease current window width
|
|
case '<':
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
need_mouse_correct = TRUE;
|
|
#endif
|
|
win_setwidth(curwin->w_width - (int)Prenum1);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// set current window width
|
|
case '|':
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
need_mouse_correct = TRUE;
|
|
#endif
|
|
win_setwidth(Prenum != 0 ? (int)Prenum : 9999);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// jump to tag and split window if tag exists (in preview window)
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
|
|
case '}':
|
|
CHECK_CMDWIN;
|
|
if (Prenum)
|
|
g_do_tagpreview = Prenum;
|
|
else
|
|
g_do_tagpreview = p_pvh;
|
|
#endif
|
|
// FALLTHROUGH
|
|
case ']':
|
|
case Ctrl_RSB:
|
|
CHECK_CMDWIN;
|
|
// keep Visual mode, can select words to use as a tag
|
|
if (Prenum)
|
|
postponed_split = Prenum;
|
|
else
|
|
postponed_split = -1;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
|
|
if (nchar != '}')
|
|
g_do_tagpreview = 0;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
// Execute the command right here, required when "wincmd ]"
|
|
// was used in a function.
|
|
do_nv_ident(Ctrl_RSB, NUL);
|
|
postponed_split = 0;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// edit file name under cursor in a new window
|
|
case 'f':
|
|
case 'F':
|
|
case Ctrl_F:
|
|
wingotofile:
|
|
CHECK_CMDWIN;
|
|
if (check_text_or_curbuf_locked(NULL))
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
ptr = grab_file_name(Prenum1, &lnum);
|
|
if (ptr != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
tabpage_T *oldtab = curtab;
|
|
win_T *oldwin = curwin;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
need_mouse_correct = TRUE;
|
|
#endif
|
|
setpcmark();
|
|
|
|
// If 'switchbuf' is set to 'useopen' or 'usetab' and the
|
|
// file is already opened in a window, then jump to it.
|
|
wp = NULL;
|
|
if ((swb_flags & (SWB_USEOPEN | SWB_USETAB))
|
|
&& cmdmod.cmod_tab == 0)
|
|
wp = swbuf_goto_win_with_buf(buflist_findname_exp(ptr));
|
|
|
|
if (wp == NULL && win_split(0, 0) == OK)
|
|
{
|
|
RESET_BINDING(curwin);
|
|
if (do_ecmd(0, ptr, NULL, NULL, ECMD_LASTL,
|
|
ECMD_HIDE, NULL) == FAIL)
|
|
{
|
|
// Failed to open the file, close the window
|
|
// opened for it.
|
|
win_close(curwin, FALSE);
|
|
goto_tabpage_win(oldtab, oldwin);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
wp = curwin;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (wp != NULL && nchar == 'F' && lnum >= 0)
|
|
{
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
check_cursor_lnum();
|
|
beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX);
|
|
}
|
|
vim_free(ptr);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
// Go to the first occurrence of the identifier under cursor along path in a
|
|
// new window -- webb
|
|
case 'i': // Go to any match
|
|
case Ctrl_I:
|
|
type = FIND_ANY;
|
|
// FALLTHROUGH
|
|
case 'd': // Go to definition, using 'define'
|
|
case Ctrl_D:
|
|
CHECK_CMDWIN;
|
|
if ((len = find_ident_under_cursor(&ptr, FIND_IDENT)) == 0)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// Make a copy, if the line was changed it will be freed.
|
|
ptr = vim_strnsave(ptr, len);
|
|
if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
find_pattern_in_path(ptr, 0, len, TRUE,
|
|
Prenum == 0 ? TRUE : FALSE, type,
|
|
Prenum1, ACTION_SPLIT, (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, FALSE);
|
|
vim_free(ptr);
|
|
curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
// Quickfix window only: view the result under the cursor in a new split.
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
|
|
case K_KENTER:
|
|
case CAR:
|
|
if (bt_quickfix(curbuf))
|
|
qf_view_result(TRUE);
|
|
break;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
// CTRL-W g extended commands
|
|
case 'g':
|
|
case Ctrl_G:
|
|
CHECK_CMDWIN;
|
|
#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
dont_scroll = TRUE; // disallow scrolling here
|
|
#endif
|
|
++no_mapping;
|
|
++allow_keys; // no mapping for xchar, but allow key codes
|
|
if (xchar == NUL)
|
|
xchar = plain_vgetc();
|
|
LANGMAP_ADJUST(xchar, TRUE);
|
|
--no_mapping;
|
|
--allow_keys;
|
|
(void)add_to_showcmd(xchar);
|
|
|
|
switch (xchar)
|
|
{
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
|
|
case '}':
|
|
xchar = Ctrl_RSB;
|
|
if (Prenum)
|
|
g_do_tagpreview = Prenum;
|
|
else
|
|
g_do_tagpreview = p_pvh;
|
|
#endif
|
|
// FALLTHROUGH
|
|
case ']':
|
|
case Ctrl_RSB:
|
|
// keep Visual mode, can select words to use as a tag
|
|
if (Prenum)
|
|
postponed_split = Prenum;
|
|
else
|
|
postponed_split = -1;
|
|
|
|
// Execute the command right here, required when
|
|
// "wincmd g}" was used in a function.
|
|
do_nv_ident('g', xchar);
|
|
postponed_split = 0;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case 'f': // CTRL-W gf: "gf" in a new tab page
|
|
case 'F': // CTRL-W gF: "gF" in a new tab page
|
|
cmdmod.cmod_tab = tabpage_index(curtab) + 1;
|
|
nchar = xchar;
|
|
goto wingotofile;
|
|
|
|
case 't': // CTRL-W gt: go to next tab page
|
|
goto_tabpage((int)Prenum);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case 'T': // CTRL-W gT: go to previous tab page
|
|
goto_tabpage(-(int)Prenum1);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case TAB: // CTRL-W g<Tab>: go to last used tab page
|
|
if (goto_tabpage_lastused() == FAIL)
|
|
beep_flush();
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
beep_flush();
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default: beep_flush();
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Figure out the address type for ":wincmd".
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
get_wincmd_addr_type(char_u *arg, exarg_T *eap)
|
|
{
|
|
switch (*arg)
|
|
{
|
|
case 'S':
|
|
case Ctrl_S:
|
|
case 's':
|
|
case Ctrl_N:
|
|
case 'n':
|
|
case 'j':
|
|
case Ctrl_J:
|
|
case 'k':
|
|
case Ctrl_K:
|
|
case 'T':
|
|
case Ctrl_R:
|
|
case 'r':
|
|
case 'R':
|
|
case 'K':
|
|
case 'J':
|
|
case '+':
|
|
case '-':
|
|
case Ctrl__:
|
|
case '_':
|
|
case '|':
|
|
case ']':
|
|
case Ctrl_RSB:
|
|
case 'g':
|
|
case Ctrl_G:
|
|
case Ctrl_V:
|
|
case 'v':
|
|
case 'h':
|
|
case Ctrl_H:
|
|
case 'l':
|
|
case Ctrl_L:
|
|
case 'H':
|
|
case 'L':
|
|
case '>':
|
|
case '<':
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
|
|
case '}':
|
|
#endif
|
|
case 'f':
|
|
case 'F':
|
|
case Ctrl_F:
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
case 'i':
|
|
case Ctrl_I:
|
|
case 'd':
|
|
case Ctrl_D:
|
|
#endif
|
|
// window size or any count
|
|
eap->addr_type = ADDR_OTHER;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Ctrl_HAT:
|
|
case '^':
|
|
// buffer number
|
|
eap->addr_type = ADDR_BUFFERS;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Ctrl_Q:
|
|
case 'q':
|
|
case Ctrl_C:
|
|
case 'c':
|
|
case Ctrl_O:
|
|
case 'o':
|
|
case Ctrl_W:
|
|
case 'w':
|
|
case 'W':
|
|
case 'x':
|
|
case Ctrl_X:
|
|
// window number
|
|
eap->addr_type = ADDR_WINDOWS;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
|
|
case Ctrl_Z:
|
|
case 'z':
|
|
case 'P':
|
|
#endif
|
|
case 't':
|
|
case Ctrl_T:
|
|
case 'b':
|
|
case Ctrl_B:
|
|
case 'p':
|
|
case Ctrl_P:
|
|
case '=':
|
|
case CAR:
|
|
// no count
|
|
eap->addr_type = ADDR_NONE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
cmd_with_count(
|
|
char *cmd,
|
|
char_u *bufp,
|
|
size_t bufsize,
|
|
long Prenum)
|
|
{
|
|
if (Prenum > 0)
|
|
vim_snprintf((char *)bufp, bufsize, "%s %ld", cmd, Prenum);
|
|
else
|
|
STRCPY(bufp, cmd);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If "split_disallowed" is set, or "wp"'s buffer is closing, give an error and
|
|
* return FAIL. Otherwise return OK.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
check_split_disallowed(win_T *wp)
|
|
{
|
|
if (split_disallowed > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
emsg(_(e_cant_split_window_while_closing_another));
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
if (wp->w_buffer->b_locked_split)
|
|
{
|
|
emsg(_(e_cannot_split_window_when_closing_buffer));
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
return OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* split the current window, implements CTRL-W s and :split
|
|
*
|
|
* "size" is the height or width for the new window, 0 to use half of current
|
|
* height or width.
|
|
*
|
|
* "flags":
|
|
* WSP_ROOM: require enough room for new window
|
|
* WSP_VERT: vertical split.
|
|
* WSP_TOP: open window at the top-left of the shell (help window).
|
|
* WSP_BOT: open window at the bottom-right of the shell (quickfix window).
|
|
* WSP_HELP: creating the help window, keep layout snapshot
|
|
*
|
|
* return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
win_split(int size, int flags)
|
|
{
|
|
if (ERROR_IF_ANY_POPUP_WINDOW)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
|
|
if (check_split_disallowed(curwin) == FAIL)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
|
|
// When the ":tab" modifier was used open a new tab page instead.
|
|
if (may_open_tabpage() == OK)
|
|
return OK;
|
|
|
|
// Add flags from ":vertical", ":topleft" and ":botright".
|
|
flags |= cmdmod.cmod_split;
|
|
if ((flags & WSP_TOP) && (flags & WSP_BOT))
|
|
{
|
|
emsg(_(e_cant_split_topleft_and_botright_at_the_same_time));
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// When creating the help window make a snapshot of the window layout.
|
|
// Otherwise clear the snapshot, it's now invalid.
|
|
if (flags & WSP_HELP)
|
|
make_snapshot(SNAP_HELP_IDX);
|
|
else
|
|
clear_snapshot(curtab, SNAP_HELP_IDX);
|
|
|
|
return win_split_ins(size, flags, NULL, 0, NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* When "new_wp" is NULL: split the current window in two.
|
|
* When "new_wp" is not NULL: insert this window at the far
|
|
* top/left/right/bottom.
|
|
* When "to_flatten" is not NULL: flatten this frame before reorganising frames;
|
|
* remains unflattened on failure.
|
|
*
|
|
* On failure, if "new_wp" was not NULL, no changes will have been made to the
|
|
* window layout or sizes.
|
|
* Return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
win_split_ins(
|
|
int size,
|
|
int flags,
|
|
win_T *new_wp,
|
|
int dir,
|
|
frame_T *to_flatten)
|
|
{
|
|
win_T *wp = new_wp;
|
|
win_T *oldwin;
|
|
int new_size = size;
|
|
int i;
|
|
int need_status = 0;
|
|
int do_equal = FALSE;
|
|
int needed;
|
|
int available;
|
|
int oldwin_height = 0;
|
|
int layout;
|
|
frame_T *frp, *curfrp, *frp2, *prevfrp;
|
|
int before;
|
|
int minheight;
|
|
int wmh1;
|
|
int did_set_fraction = FALSE;
|
|
int retval = FAIL;
|
|
|
|
// Do not redraw here, curwin->w_buffer may be invalid.
|
|
++RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
|
if (new_wp == NULL)
|
|
trigger_winnewpre();
|
|
|
|
if (flags & WSP_TOP)
|
|
oldwin = firstwin;
|
|
else if (flags & WSP_BOT)
|
|
oldwin = lastwin;
|
|
else
|
|
oldwin = curwin;
|
|
|
|
// add a status line when p_ls == 1 and splitting the first window
|
|
if (ONE_WINDOW && p_ls == 1 && oldwin->w_status_height == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!(flags & WSP_FORCE_ROOM) && VISIBLE_HEIGHT(oldwin) <= p_wmh)
|
|
{
|
|
emsg(_(e_not_enough_room));
|
|
goto theend;
|
|
}
|
|
need_status = STATUS_HEIGHT;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
// May be needed for the scrollbars that are going to change.
|
|
if (gui.in_use)
|
|
out_flush();
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if (flags & WSP_VERT)
|
|
{
|
|
int wmw1;
|
|
int minwidth;
|
|
|
|
layout = FR_ROW;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check if we are able to split the current window and compute its
|
|
* width.
|
|
*/
|
|
// Current window requires at least 1 space.
|
|
wmw1 = (p_wmw == 0 ? 1 : p_wmw);
|
|
needed = wmw1 + 1;
|
|
if (flags & WSP_ROOM)
|
|
needed += p_wiw - wmw1;
|
|
if (flags & (WSP_BOT | WSP_TOP))
|
|
{
|
|
minwidth = frame_minwidth(topframe, NOWIN);
|
|
available = topframe->fr_width;
|
|
needed += minwidth;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (p_ea)
|
|
{
|
|
minwidth = frame_minwidth(oldwin->w_frame, NOWIN);
|
|
prevfrp = oldwin->w_frame;
|
|
for (frp = oldwin->w_frame->fr_parent; frp != NULL;
|
|
frp = frp->fr_parent)
|
|
{
|
|
if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW)
|
|
FOR_ALL_FRAMES(frp2, frp->fr_child)
|
|
if (frp2 != prevfrp)
|
|
minwidth += frame_minwidth(frp2, NOWIN);
|
|
prevfrp = frp;
|
|
}
|
|
available = topframe->fr_width;
|
|
needed += minwidth;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
minwidth = frame_minwidth(oldwin->w_frame, NOWIN);
|
|
available = oldwin->w_frame->fr_width;
|
|
needed += minwidth;
|
|
}
|
|
if (!(flags & WSP_FORCE_ROOM) && available < needed)
|
|
{
|
|
emsg(_(e_not_enough_room));
|
|
goto theend;
|
|
}
|
|
if (new_size == 0)
|
|
new_size = oldwin->w_width / 2;
|
|
if (new_size > available - minwidth - 1)
|
|
new_size = available - minwidth - 1;
|
|
if (new_size < wmw1)
|
|
new_size = wmw1;
|
|
|
|
// if it doesn't fit in the current window, need win_equal()
|
|
if (oldwin->w_width - new_size - 1 < p_wmw)
|
|
do_equal = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
// We don't like to take lines for the new window from a
|
|
// 'winfixwidth' window. Take them from a window to the left or right
|
|
// instead, if possible. Add one for the separator.
|
|
if (oldwin->w_p_wfw)
|
|
win_setwidth_win(oldwin->w_width + new_size + 1, oldwin);
|
|
|
|
// Only make all windows the same width if one of them (except oldwin)
|
|
// is wider than one of the split windows.
|
|
if (!do_equal && p_ea && size == 0 && *p_ead != 'v'
|
|
&& oldwin->w_frame->fr_parent != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
frp = oldwin->w_frame->fr_parent->fr_child;
|
|
while (frp != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (frp->fr_win != oldwin && frp->fr_win != NULL
|
|
&& (frp->fr_win->w_width > new_size
|
|
|| frp->fr_win->w_width > oldwin->w_width
|
|
- new_size - 1))
|
|
{
|
|
do_equal = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
frp = frp->fr_next;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
layout = FR_COL;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check if we are able to split the current window and compute its
|
|
* height.
|
|
*/
|
|
// Current window requires at least 1 space.
|
|
wmh1 = (p_wmh == 0 ? 1 : p_wmh) + WINBAR_HEIGHT(curwin);
|
|
needed = wmh1 + STATUS_HEIGHT;
|
|
if (flags & WSP_ROOM)
|
|
needed += p_wh - wmh1;
|
|
if (flags & (WSP_BOT | WSP_TOP))
|
|
{
|
|
minheight = frame_minheight(topframe, NOWIN) + need_status;
|
|
available = topframe->fr_height;
|
|
needed += minheight;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (p_ea)
|
|
{
|
|
minheight = frame_minheight(oldwin->w_frame, NOWIN) + need_status;
|
|
prevfrp = oldwin->w_frame;
|
|
for (frp = oldwin->w_frame->fr_parent; frp != NULL;
|
|
frp = frp->fr_parent)
|
|
{
|
|
if (frp->fr_layout == FR_COL)
|
|
FOR_ALL_FRAMES(frp2, frp->fr_child)
|
|
if (frp2 != prevfrp)
|
|
minheight += frame_minheight(frp2, NOWIN);
|
|
prevfrp = frp;
|
|
}
|
|
available = topframe->fr_height;
|
|
needed += minheight;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
minheight = frame_minheight(oldwin->w_frame, NOWIN) + need_status;
|
|
available = oldwin->w_frame->fr_height;
|
|
needed += minheight;
|
|
}
|
|
if (!(flags & WSP_FORCE_ROOM) && available < needed)
|
|
{
|
|
emsg(_(e_not_enough_room));
|
|
goto theend;
|
|
}
|
|
oldwin_height = oldwin->w_height;
|
|
if (need_status)
|
|
{
|
|
oldwin->w_status_height = STATUS_HEIGHT;
|
|
oldwin_height -= STATUS_HEIGHT;
|
|
}
|
|
if (new_size == 0)
|
|
new_size = oldwin_height / 2;
|
|
if (new_size > available - minheight - STATUS_HEIGHT)
|
|
new_size = available - minheight - STATUS_HEIGHT;
|
|
if (new_size < wmh1)
|
|
new_size = wmh1;
|
|
|
|
// if it doesn't fit in the current window, need win_equal()
|
|
if (oldwin_height - new_size - STATUS_HEIGHT < p_wmh)
|
|
do_equal = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
// We don't like to take lines for the new window from a
|
|
// 'winfixheight' window. Take them from a window above or below
|
|
// instead, if possible.
|
|
if (oldwin->w_p_wfh)
|
|
{
|
|
// Set w_fraction now so that the cursor keeps the same relative
|
|
// vertical position using the old height.
|
|
set_fraction(oldwin);
|
|
did_set_fraction = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
win_setheight_win(oldwin->w_height + new_size + STATUS_HEIGHT,
|
|
oldwin);
|
|
oldwin_height = oldwin->w_height;
|
|
if (need_status)
|
|
oldwin_height -= STATUS_HEIGHT;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Only make all windows the same height if one of them (except oldwin)
|
|
// is higher than one of the split windows.
|
|
if (!do_equal && p_ea && size == 0 && *p_ead != 'h'
|
|
&& oldwin->w_frame->fr_parent != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
frp = oldwin->w_frame->fr_parent->fr_child;
|
|
while (frp != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (frp->fr_win != oldwin && frp->fr_win != NULL
|
|
&& (frp->fr_win->w_height > new_size
|
|
|| frp->fr_win->w_height > oldwin_height - new_size
|
|
- STATUS_HEIGHT))
|
|
{
|
|
do_equal = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
frp = frp->fr_next;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* allocate new window structure and link it in the window list
|
|
*/
|
|
if ((flags & WSP_TOP) == 0
|
|
&& ((flags & WSP_BOT)
|
|
|| (flags & WSP_BELOW)
|
|
|| (!(flags & WSP_ABOVE)
|
|
&& ( (flags & WSP_VERT) ? p_spr : p_sb))))
|
|
{
|
|
// new window below/right of current one
|
|
if (new_wp == NULL)
|
|
wp = win_alloc(oldwin, FALSE);
|
|
else
|
|
win_append(oldwin, wp);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (new_wp == NULL)
|
|
wp = win_alloc(oldwin->w_prev, FALSE);
|
|
else
|
|
win_append(oldwin->w_prev, wp);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (new_wp == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (wp == NULL)
|
|
goto theend;
|
|
|
|
new_frame(wp);
|
|
if (wp->w_frame == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
win_free(wp, NULL);
|
|
goto theend;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// make the contents of the new window the same as the current one
|
|
win_init(wp, curwin, flags);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Going to reorganize frames now, make sure they're flat.
|
|
if (to_flatten != NULL)
|
|
frame_flatten(to_flatten);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Reorganise the tree of frames to insert the new window.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (flags & (WSP_TOP | WSP_BOT))
|
|
{
|
|
if ((topframe->fr_layout == FR_COL && (flags & WSP_VERT) == 0)
|
|
|| (topframe->fr_layout == FR_ROW && (flags & WSP_VERT) != 0))
|
|
{
|
|
curfrp = topframe->fr_child;
|
|
if (flags & WSP_BOT)
|
|
while (curfrp->fr_next != NULL)
|
|
curfrp = curfrp->fr_next;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
curfrp = topframe;
|
|
before = (flags & WSP_TOP);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
curfrp = oldwin->w_frame;
|
|
if (flags & WSP_BELOW)
|
|
before = FALSE;
|
|
else if (flags & WSP_ABOVE)
|
|
before = TRUE;
|
|
else if (flags & WSP_VERT)
|
|
before = !p_spr;
|
|
else
|
|
before = !p_sb;
|
|
}
|
|
if (curfrp->fr_parent == NULL || curfrp->fr_parent->fr_layout != layout)
|
|
{
|
|
// Need to create a new frame in the tree to make a branch.
|
|
frp = ALLOC_CLEAR_ONE(frame_T);
|
|
*frp = *curfrp;
|
|
curfrp->fr_layout = layout;
|
|
frp->fr_parent = curfrp;
|
|
frp->fr_next = NULL;
|
|
frp->fr_prev = NULL;
|
|
curfrp->fr_child = frp;
|
|
curfrp->fr_win = NULL;
|
|
curfrp = frp;
|
|
if (frp->fr_win != NULL)
|
|
oldwin->w_frame = frp;
|
|
else
|
|
FOR_ALL_FRAMES(frp, frp->fr_child)
|
|
frp->fr_parent = curfrp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (new_wp == NULL)
|
|
frp = wp->w_frame;
|
|
else
|
|
frp = new_wp->w_frame;
|
|
frp->fr_parent = curfrp->fr_parent;
|
|
|
|
// Insert the new frame at the right place in the frame list.
|
|
if (before)
|
|
frame_insert(curfrp, frp);
|
|
else
|
|
frame_append(curfrp, frp);
|
|
|
|
// Set w_fraction now so that the cursor keeps the same relative
|
|
// vertical position.
|
|
if (!did_set_fraction)
|
|
set_fraction(oldwin);
|
|
wp->w_fraction = oldwin->w_fraction;
|
|
|
|
if (flags & WSP_VERT)
|
|
{
|
|
wp->w_p_scr = curwin->w_p_scr;
|
|
|
|
if (need_status)
|
|
{
|
|
win_new_height(oldwin, oldwin->w_height - 1);
|
|
oldwin->w_status_height = need_status;
|
|
}
|
|
if (flags & (WSP_TOP | WSP_BOT))
|
|
{
|
|
// set height and row of new window to full height
|
|
wp->w_winrow = tabline_height();
|
|
win_new_height(wp, curfrp->fr_height - (p_ls > 0)
|
|
- WINBAR_HEIGHT(wp));
|
|
wp->w_status_height = (p_ls > 0);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// height and row of new window is same as current window
|
|
wp->w_winrow = oldwin->w_winrow;
|
|
win_new_height(wp, VISIBLE_HEIGHT(oldwin));
|
|
wp->w_status_height = oldwin->w_status_height;
|
|
}
|
|
frp->fr_height = curfrp->fr_height;
|
|
|
|
// "new_size" of the current window goes to the new window, use
|
|
// one column for the vertical separator
|
|
win_new_width(wp, new_size);
|
|
if (before)
|
|
wp->w_vsep_width = 1;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
wp->w_vsep_width = oldwin->w_vsep_width;
|
|
oldwin->w_vsep_width = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
if (flags & (WSP_TOP | WSP_BOT))
|
|
{
|
|
if (flags & WSP_BOT)
|
|
frame_add_vsep(curfrp);
|
|
// Set width of neighbor frame
|
|
frame_new_width(curfrp, curfrp->fr_width
|
|
- (new_size + ((flags & WSP_TOP) != 0)), flags & WSP_TOP,
|
|
FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
win_new_width(oldwin, oldwin->w_width - (new_size + 1));
|
|
if (before) // new window left of current one
|
|
{
|
|
wp->w_wincol = oldwin->w_wincol;
|
|
oldwin->w_wincol += new_size + 1;
|
|
}
|
|
else // new window right of current one
|
|
wp->w_wincol = oldwin->w_wincol + oldwin->w_width + 1;
|
|
frame_fix_width(oldwin);
|
|
frame_fix_width(wp);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// width and column of new window is same as current window
|
|
if (flags & (WSP_TOP | WSP_BOT))
|
|
{
|
|
wp->w_wincol = 0;
|
|
win_new_width(wp, Columns);
|
|
wp->w_vsep_width = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
wp->w_wincol = oldwin->w_wincol;
|
|
win_new_width(wp, oldwin->w_width);
|
|
wp->w_vsep_width = oldwin->w_vsep_width;
|
|
}
|
|
frp->fr_width = curfrp->fr_width;
|
|
|
|
// "new_size" of the current window goes to the new window, use
|
|
// one row for the status line
|
|
win_new_height(wp, new_size);
|
|
int old_status_height = oldwin->w_status_height;
|
|
if (flags & (WSP_TOP | WSP_BOT))
|
|
{
|
|
int new_fr_height = curfrp->fr_height - new_size
|
|
+ WINBAR_HEIGHT(wp) ;
|
|
|
|
if (!((flags & WSP_BOT) && p_ls == 0))
|
|
new_fr_height -= STATUS_HEIGHT;
|
|
if (flags & WSP_BOT)
|
|
frame_add_statusline(curfrp);
|
|
frame_new_height(curfrp, new_fr_height, flags & WSP_TOP, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
win_new_height(oldwin, oldwin_height - (new_size + STATUS_HEIGHT));
|
|
if (before) // new window above current one
|
|
{
|
|
wp->w_winrow = oldwin->w_winrow;
|
|
wp->w_status_height = STATUS_HEIGHT;
|
|
oldwin->w_winrow += wp->w_height + STATUS_HEIGHT;
|
|
}
|
|
else // new window below current one
|
|
{
|
|
wp->w_winrow = oldwin->w_winrow + VISIBLE_HEIGHT(oldwin)
|
|
+ STATUS_HEIGHT;
|
|
wp->w_status_height = old_status_height;
|
|
if (!(flags & WSP_BOT))
|
|
oldwin->w_status_height = STATUS_HEIGHT;
|
|
}
|
|
frame_fix_height(wp);
|
|
frame_fix_height(oldwin);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (flags & (WSP_TOP | WSP_BOT))
|
|
(void)win_comp_pos();
|
|
|
|
// Both windows need redrawing. Update all status lines, in case they
|
|
// show something related to the window count or position.
|
|
redraw_win_later(wp, UPD_NOT_VALID);
|
|
redraw_win_later(oldwin, UPD_NOT_VALID);
|
|
status_redraw_all();
|
|
|
|
if (need_status)
|
|
{
|
|
msg_row = Rows - 1;
|
|
msg_col = sc_col;
|
|
msg_clr_eos_force(); // Old command/ruler may still be there
|
|
comp_col();
|
|
msg_row = Rows - 1;
|
|
msg_col = 0; // put position back at start of line
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* equalize the window sizes.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (do_equal || dir != 0)
|
|
win_equal(wp, TRUE,
|
|
(flags & WSP_VERT) ? (dir == 'v' ? 'b' : 'h')
|
|
: dir == 'h' ? 'b' : 'v');
|
|
else if (!is_aucmd_win(wp))
|
|
win_fix_scroll(FALSE);
|
|
|
|
// Don't change the window height/width to 'winheight' / 'winwidth' if a
|
|
// size was given.
|
|
if (flags & WSP_VERT)
|
|
{
|
|
i = p_wiw;
|
|
if (size != 0)
|
|
p_wiw = size;
|
|
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
// When 'guioptions' includes 'L' or 'R' may have to add scrollbars.
|
|
if (gui.in_use)
|
|
gui_init_which_components(NULL);
|
|
# endif
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
i = p_wh;
|
|
if (size != 0)
|
|
p_wh = size;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* make the new window the current window
|
|
*/
|
|
(void)win_enter_ext(wp, (new_wp == NULL ? WEE_TRIGGER_NEW_AUTOCMDS : 0)
|
|
| WEE_TRIGGER_ENTER_AUTOCMDS | WEE_TRIGGER_LEAVE_AUTOCMDS);
|
|
if (flags & WSP_VERT)
|
|
p_wiw = i;
|
|
else
|
|
p_wh = i;
|
|
retval = OK;
|
|
|
|
theend:
|
|
if (RedrawingDisabled > 0)
|
|
--RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
return retval;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Initialize window "newp" from window "oldp".
|
|
* Used when splitting a window and when creating a new tab page.
|
|
* The windows will both edit the same buffer.
|
|
* WSP_NEWLOC may be specified in flags to prevent the location list from
|
|
* being copied.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
win_init(win_T *newp, win_T *oldp, int flags UNUSED)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
newp->w_buffer = oldp->w_buffer;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
newp->w_s = &(oldp->w_buffer->b_s);
|
|
#endif
|
|
oldp->w_buffer->b_nwindows++;
|
|
newp->w_cursor = oldp->w_cursor;
|
|
newp->w_valid = 0;
|
|
newp->w_curswant = oldp->w_curswant;
|
|
newp->w_set_curswant = oldp->w_set_curswant;
|
|
newp->w_topline = oldp->w_topline;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
newp->w_topfill = oldp->w_topfill;
|
|
#endif
|
|
newp->w_leftcol = oldp->w_leftcol;
|
|
newp->w_pcmark = oldp->w_pcmark;
|
|
newp->w_prev_pcmark = oldp->w_prev_pcmark;
|
|
newp->w_alt_fnum = oldp->w_alt_fnum;
|
|
newp->w_wrow = oldp->w_wrow;
|
|
newp->w_fraction = oldp->w_fraction;
|
|
newp->w_prev_fraction_row = oldp->w_prev_fraction_row;
|
|
copy_jumplist(oldp, newp);
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
|
|
if (flags & WSP_NEWLOC)
|
|
{
|
|
// Don't copy the location list.
|
|
newp->w_llist = NULL;
|
|
newp->w_llist_ref = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
copy_loclist_stack(oldp, newp);
|
|
#endif
|
|
newp->w_localdir = (oldp->w_localdir == NULL)
|
|
? NULL : vim_strsave(oldp->w_localdir);
|
|
newp->w_prevdir = (oldp->w_prevdir == NULL)
|
|
? NULL : vim_strsave(oldp->w_prevdir);
|
|
|
|
if (*p_spk != 'c')
|
|
{
|
|
if (*p_spk == 't')
|
|
newp->w_skipcol = oldp->w_skipcol;
|
|
newp->w_botline = oldp->w_botline;
|
|
newp->w_prev_height = oldp->w_height - WINBAR_HEIGHT(oldp);
|
|
newp->w_prev_winrow = oldp->w_winrow + 2 * WINBAR_HEIGHT(oldp);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// copy tagstack and folds
|
|
for (i = 0; i < oldp->w_tagstacklen; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
taggy_T *tag = &newp->w_tagstack[i];
|
|
*tag = oldp->w_tagstack[i];
|
|
if (tag->tagname != NULL)
|
|
tag->tagname = vim_strsave(tag->tagname);
|
|
if (tag->user_data != NULL)
|
|
tag->user_data = vim_strsave(tag->user_data);
|
|
}
|
|
newp->w_tagstackidx = oldp->w_tagstackidx;
|
|
newp->w_tagstacklen = oldp->w_tagstacklen;
|
|
|
|
// Keep same changelist position in new window.
|
|
newp->w_changelistidx = oldp->w_changelistidx;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
copyFoldingState(oldp, newp);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
win_init_some(newp, oldp);
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL
|
|
term_update_wincolor(newp);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Initialize window "newp" from window "old".
|
|
* Only the essential things are copied.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
win_init_some(win_T *newp, win_T *oldp)
|
|
{
|
|
// Use the same argument list.
|
|
newp->w_alist = oldp->w_alist;
|
|
++newp->w_alist->al_refcount;
|
|
newp->w_arg_idx = oldp->w_arg_idx;
|
|
|
|
// copy options from existing window
|
|
win_copy_options(oldp, newp);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE if "win" is a global popup or a popup in the current tab page.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
win_valid_popup(win_T *win UNUSED)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_PROP_POPUP
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
|
|
FOR_ALL_POPUPWINS(wp)
|
|
if (wp == win)
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
FOR_ALL_POPUPWINS_IN_TAB(curtab, wp)
|
|
if (wp == win)
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
#endif
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check if "win" is a pointer to an existing window in the current tab page.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
win_valid(win_T *win)
|
|
{
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
|
|
if (win == NULL)
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
if (wp == win)
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
return win_valid_popup(win);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find window "id" in the current tab page.
|
|
* Also find popup windows.
|
|
* Return NULL if not found.
|
|
*/
|
|
win_T *
|
|
win_find_by_id(int id)
|
|
{
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
|
|
FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
if (wp->w_id == id)
|
|
return wp;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_PROP_POPUP
|
|
FOR_ALL_POPUPWINS(wp)
|
|
if (wp->w_id == id)
|
|
return wp;
|
|
FOR_ALL_POPUPWINS_IN_TAB(curtab, wp)
|
|
if (wp->w_id == id)
|
|
return wp;
|
|
#endif
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check if "win" is a pointer to an existing window in any tab page.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
win_valid_any_tab(win_T *win)
|
|
{
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
tabpage_T *tp;
|
|
|
|
if (win == NULL)
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
FOR_ALL_TABPAGES(tp)
|
|
{
|
|
FOR_ALL_WINDOWS_IN_TAB(tp, wp)
|
|
{
|
|
if (wp == win)
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_PROP_POPUP
|
|
FOR_ALL_POPUPWINS_IN_TAB(tp, wp)
|
|
if (wp == win)
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
return win_valid_popup(win);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return the number of windows.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
win_count(void)
|
|
{
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
int count = 0;
|
|
|
|
FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
++count;
|
|
return count;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Make "count" windows on the screen.
|
|
* Return actual number of windows on the screen.
|
|
* Must be called when there is just one window, filling the whole screen
|
|
* (excluding the command line).
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
make_windows(
|
|
int count,
|
|
int vertical) // split windows vertically if TRUE
|
|
{
|
|
int maxcount;
|
|
int todo;
|
|
|
|
if (vertical)
|
|
{
|
|
// Each window needs at least 'winminwidth' lines and a separator
|
|
// column.
|
|
maxcount = (curwin->w_width + curwin->w_vsep_width
|
|
- (p_wiw - p_wmw)) / (p_wmw + 1);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// Each window needs at least 'winminheight' lines and a status line.
|
|
maxcount = (VISIBLE_HEIGHT(curwin) + curwin->w_status_height
|
|
- (p_wh - p_wmh)) / (p_wmh + STATUS_HEIGHT);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (maxcount < 2)
|
|
maxcount = 2;
|
|
if (count > maxcount)
|
|
count = maxcount;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* add status line now, otherwise first window will be too big
|
|
*/
|
|
if (count > 1)
|
|
last_status(TRUE);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Don't execute autocommands while creating the windows. Must do that
|
|
* when putting the buffers in the windows.
|
|
*/
|
|
block_autocmds();
|
|
|
|
// todo is number of windows left to create
|
|
for (todo = count - 1; todo > 0; --todo)
|
|
if (vertical)
|
|
{
|
|
if (win_split(curwin->w_width - (curwin->w_width - todo)
|
|
/ (todo + 1) - 1, WSP_VERT | WSP_ABOVE) == FAIL)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (win_split(curwin->w_height - (curwin->w_height - todo
|
|
* STATUS_HEIGHT) / (todo + 1)
|
|
- STATUS_HEIGHT, WSP_ABOVE) == FAIL)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
unblock_autocmds();
|
|
|
|
// return actual number of windows
|
|
return (count - todo);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Exchange current and next window
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
win_exchange(long Prenum)
|
|
{
|
|
frame_T *frp;
|
|
frame_T *frp2;
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
win_T *wp2;
|
|
int temp;
|
|
|
|
if (ERROR_IF_ANY_POPUP_WINDOW)
|
|
return;
|
|
if (ONE_WINDOW) // just one window
|
|
{
|
|
beep_flush();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
if (text_or_buf_locked())
|
|
{
|
|
beep_flush();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
need_mouse_correct = TRUE;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* find window to exchange with
|
|
*/
|
|
if (Prenum)
|
|
{
|
|
frp = curwin->w_frame->fr_parent->fr_child;
|
|
while (frp != NULL && --Prenum > 0)
|
|
frp = frp->fr_next;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (curwin->w_frame->fr_next != NULL) // Swap with next
|
|
frp = curwin->w_frame->fr_next;
|
|
else // Swap last window in row/col with previous
|
|
frp = curwin->w_frame->fr_prev;
|
|
|
|
// We can only exchange a window with another window, not with a frame
|
|
// containing windows.
|
|
if (frp == NULL || frp->fr_win == NULL || frp->fr_win == curwin)
|
|
return;
|
|
wp = frp->fr_win;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* 1. remove curwin from the list. Remember after which window it was in wp2
|
|
* 2. insert curwin before wp in the list
|
|
* if wp != wp2
|
|
* 3. remove wp from the list
|
|
* 4. insert wp after wp2
|
|
* 5. exchange the status line height and vsep width.
|
|
*/
|
|
wp2 = curwin->w_prev;
|
|
frp2 = curwin->w_frame->fr_prev;
|
|
if (wp->w_prev != curwin)
|
|
{
|
|
win_remove(curwin, NULL);
|
|
frame_remove(curwin->w_frame);
|
|
win_append(wp->w_prev, curwin);
|
|
frame_insert(frp, curwin->w_frame);
|
|
}
|
|
if (wp != wp2)
|
|
{
|
|
win_remove(wp, NULL);
|
|
frame_remove(wp->w_frame);
|
|
win_append(wp2, wp);
|
|
if (frp2 == NULL)
|
|
frame_insert(wp->w_frame->fr_parent->fr_child, wp->w_frame);
|
|
else
|
|
frame_append(frp2, wp->w_frame);
|
|
}
|
|
temp = curwin->w_status_height;
|
|
curwin->w_status_height = wp->w_status_height;
|
|
wp->w_status_height = temp;
|
|
temp = curwin->w_vsep_width;
|
|
curwin->w_vsep_width = wp->w_vsep_width;
|
|
wp->w_vsep_width = temp;
|
|
|
|
frame_fix_height(curwin);
|
|
frame_fix_height(wp);
|
|
frame_fix_width(curwin);
|
|
frame_fix_width(wp);
|
|
|
|
(void)win_comp_pos(); // recompute window positions
|
|
|
|
if (wp->w_buffer != curbuf)
|
|
reset_VIsual_and_resel();
|
|
else if (VIsual_active)
|
|
wp->w_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
|
win_enter(wp, TRUE);
|
|
redraw_all_later(UPD_NOT_VALID);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* rotate windows: if upwards TRUE the second window becomes the first one
|
|
* if upwards FALSE the first window becomes the second one
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
win_rotate(int upwards, int count)
|
|
{
|
|
win_T *wp1;
|
|
win_T *wp2;
|
|
frame_T *frp;
|
|
int n;
|
|
|
|
if (ONE_WINDOW) // nothing to do
|
|
{
|
|
beep_flush();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
need_mouse_correct = TRUE;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
// Check if all frames in this row/col have one window.
|
|
FOR_ALL_FRAMES(frp, curwin->w_frame->fr_parent->fr_child)
|
|
if (frp->fr_win == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
emsg(_(e_cannot_rotate_when_another_window_is_split));
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
while (count--)
|
|
{
|
|
if (upwards) // first window becomes last window
|
|
{
|
|
// remove first window/frame from the list
|
|
frp = curwin->w_frame->fr_parent->fr_child;
|
|
wp1 = frp->fr_win;
|
|
win_remove(wp1, NULL);
|
|
frame_remove(frp);
|
|
|
|
// find last frame and append removed window/frame after it
|
|
for ( ; frp->fr_next != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next)
|
|
;
|
|
win_append(frp->fr_win, wp1);
|
|
frame_append(frp, wp1->w_frame);
|
|
|
|
wp2 = frp->fr_win; // previously last window
|
|
}
|
|
else // last window becomes first window
|
|
{
|
|
// find last window/frame in the list and remove it
|
|
for (frp = curwin->w_frame; frp->fr_next != NULL;
|
|
frp = frp->fr_next)
|
|
;
|
|
wp1 = frp->fr_win;
|
|
wp2 = wp1->w_prev; // will become last window
|
|
win_remove(wp1, NULL);
|
|
frame_remove(frp);
|
|
|
|
// append the removed window/frame before the first in the list
|
|
win_append(frp->fr_parent->fr_child->fr_win->w_prev, wp1);
|
|
frame_insert(frp->fr_parent->fr_child, frp);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// exchange status height and vsep width of old and new last window
|
|
n = wp2->w_status_height;
|
|
wp2->w_status_height = wp1->w_status_height;
|
|
wp1->w_status_height = n;
|
|
frame_fix_height(wp1);
|
|
frame_fix_height(wp2);
|
|
n = wp2->w_vsep_width;
|
|
wp2->w_vsep_width = wp1->w_vsep_width;
|
|
wp1->w_vsep_width = n;
|
|
frame_fix_width(wp1);
|
|
frame_fix_width(wp2);
|
|
|
|
// recompute w_winrow and w_wincol for all windows
|
|
(void)win_comp_pos();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
redraw_all_later(UPD_NOT_VALID);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Move "wp" into a new split in a given direction, possibly relative to the
|
|
* current window.
|
|
* "wp" must be valid in the current tabpage.
|
|
* Returns FAIL for failure, OK otherwise.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
win_splitmove(win_T *wp, int size, int flags)
|
|
{
|
|
int dir;
|
|
int height = wp->w_height;
|
|
frame_T *unflat_altfr;
|
|
|
|
if (ONE_WINDOW)
|
|
return OK; // nothing to do
|
|
if (check_split_disallowed(wp) == FAIL)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
|
|
// Remove the window and frame from the tree of frames. Don't flatten any
|
|
// frames yet so we can restore things if win_split_ins fails.
|
|
winframe_remove(wp, &dir, NULL, &unflat_altfr);
|
|
win_remove(wp, NULL);
|
|
last_status(FALSE); // may need to remove last status line
|
|
(void)win_comp_pos(); // recompute window positions
|
|
|
|
// Split a window on the desired side and put "wp" there.
|
|
if (win_split_ins(size, flags, wp, dir, unflat_altfr) == FAIL)
|
|
{
|
|
// win_split_ins doesn't change sizes or layout if it fails to insert an
|
|
// existing window, so just undo winframe_remove.
|
|
winframe_restore(wp, dir, unflat_altfr);
|
|
win_append(wp->w_prev, wp);
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If splitting horizontally, try to preserve height.
|
|
// Note that win_split_ins autocommands may have immediately closed "wp"!
|
|
if (size == 0 && !(flags & WSP_VERT) && win_valid(wp))
|
|
{
|
|
win_setheight_win(height, wp);
|
|
if (p_ea)
|
|
{
|
|
// Equalize windows. Note that win_split_ins autocommands may have
|
|
// made a window other than "wp" current.
|
|
win_equal(curwin, curwin == wp, 'v');
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_GUI)
|
|
// When 'guioptions' includes 'L' or 'R' may have to remove or add
|
|
// scrollbars. Have to update them anyway.
|
|
gui_may_update_scrollbars();
|
|
#endif
|
|
return OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Move window "win1" to below/right of "win2" and make "win1" the current
|
|
* window. Only works within the same frame!
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
win_move_after(win_T *win1, win_T *win2)
|
|
{
|
|
int height;
|
|
|
|
// check if the arguments are reasonable
|
|
if (win1 == win2)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// check if there is something to do
|
|
if (win2->w_next != win1)
|
|
{
|
|
if (win1->w_frame->fr_parent != win2->w_frame->fr_parent)
|
|
{
|
|
iemsg("Trying to move a window into another frame");
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// may need to move the status line/vertical separator of the last
|
|
// window
|
|
if (win1 == lastwin)
|
|
{
|
|
height = win1->w_prev->w_status_height;
|
|
win1->w_prev->w_status_height = win1->w_status_height;
|
|
win1->w_status_height = height;
|
|
if (win1->w_prev->w_vsep_width == 1)
|
|
{
|
|
// Remove the vertical separator from the last-but-one window,
|
|
// add it to the last window. Adjust the frame widths.
|
|
win1->w_prev->w_vsep_width = 0;
|
|
win1->w_prev->w_frame->fr_width -= 1;
|
|
win1->w_vsep_width = 1;
|
|
win1->w_frame->fr_width += 1;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (win2 == lastwin)
|
|
{
|
|
height = win1->w_status_height;
|
|
win1->w_status_height = win2->w_status_height;
|
|
win2->w_status_height = height;
|
|
if (win1->w_vsep_width == 1)
|
|
{
|
|
// Remove the vertical separator from win1, add it to the last
|
|
// window, win2. Adjust the frame widths.
|
|
win2->w_vsep_width = 1;
|
|
win2->w_frame->fr_width += 1;
|
|
win1->w_vsep_width = 0;
|
|
win1->w_frame->fr_width -= 1;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
win_remove(win1, NULL);
|
|
frame_remove(win1->w_frame);
|
|
win_append(win2, win1);
|
|
frame_append(win2->w_frame, win1->w_frame);
|
|
|
|
(void)win_comp_pos(); // recompute w_winrow for all windows
|
|
redraw_later(UPD_NOT_VALID);
|
|
}
|
|
win_enter(win1, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Make all windows the same height.
|
|
* 'next_curwin' will soon be the current window, make sure it has enough
|
|
* rows.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
win_equal(
|
|
win_T *next_curwin, // pointer to current window to be or NULL
|
|
int current, // do only frame with current window
|
|
int dir) // 'v' for vertically, 'h' for horizontally,
|
|
// 'b' for both, 0 for using p_ead
|
|
{
|
|
if (dir == 0)
|
|
dir = *p_ead;
|
|
win_equal_rec(next_curwin == NULL ? curwin : next_curwin, current,
|
|
topframe, dir, 0, tabline_height(),
|
|
(int)Columns, topframe->fr_height);
|
|
if (!is_aucmd_win(next_curwin))
|
|
win_fix_scroll(TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set a frame to a new position and height, spreading the available room
|
|
* equally over contained frames.
|
|
* The window "next_curwin" (if not NULL) should at least get the size from
|
|
* 'winheight' and 'winwidth' if possible.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
win_equal_rec(
|
|
win_T *next_curwin, // pointer to current window to be or NULL
|
|
int current, // do only frame with current window
|
|
frame_T *topfr, // frame to set size off
|
|
int dir, // 'v', 'h' or 'b', see win_equal()
|
|
int col, // horizontal position for frame
|
|
int row, // vertical position for frame
|
|
int width, // new width of frame
|
|
int height) // new height of frame
|
|
{
|
|
int n, m;
|
|
int extra_sep = 0;
|
|
int wincount, totwincount = 0;
|
|
frame_T *fr;
|
|
int next_curwin_size = 0;
|
|
int room = 0;
|
|
int new_size;
|
|
int has_next_curwin = 0;
|
|
int hnc;
|
|
|
|
if (topfr->fr_layout == FR_LEAF)
|
|
{
|
|
// Set the width/height of this frame.
|
|
// Redraw when size or position changes
|
|
if (topfr->fr_height != height || topfr->fr_win->w_winrow != row
|
|
|| topfr->fr_width != width || topfr->fr_win->w_wincol != col
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
topfr->fr_win->w_winrow = row;
|
|
frame_new_height(topfr, height, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
topfr->fr_win->w_wincol = col;
|
|
frame_new_width(topfr, width, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
redraw_all_later(UPD_NOT_VALID);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (topfr->fr_layout == FR_ROW)
|
|
{
|
|
topfr->fr_width = width;
|
|
topfr->fr_height = height;
|
|
|
|
if (dir != 'v') // equalize frame widths
|
|
{
|
|
// Compute the maximum number of windows horizontally in this
|
|
// frame.
|
|
n = frame_minwidth(topfr, NOWIN);
|
|
// add one for the rightmost window, it doesn't have a separator
|
|
if (col + width == Columns)
|
|
extra_sep = 1;
|
|
else
|
|
extra_sep = 0;
|
|
totwincount = (n + extra_sep) / (p_wmw + 1);
|
|
has_next_curwin = frame_has_win(topfr, next_curwin);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Compute width for "next_curwin" window and room available for
|
|
* other windows.
|
|
* "m" is the minimal width when counting p_wiw for "next_curwin".
|
|
*/
|
|
m = frame_minwidth(topfr, next_curwin);
|
|
room = width - m;
|
|
if (room < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
next_curwin_size = p_wiw + room;
|
|
room = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
next_curwin_size = -1;
|
|
FOR_ALL_FRAMES(fr, topfr->fr_child)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!frame_fixed_width(fr))
|
|
continue;
|
|
// If 'winfixwidth' set keep the window width if possible.
|
|
// Watch out for this window being the next_curwin.
|
|
n = frame_minwidth(fr, NOWIN);
|
|
new_size = fr->fr_width;
|
|
if (frame_has_win(fr, next_curwin))
|
|
{
|
|
room += p_wiw - p_wmw;
|
|
next_curwin_size = 0;
|
|
if (new_size < p_wiw)
|
|
new_size = p_wiw;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
// These windows don't use up room.
|
|
totwincount -= (n + (fr->fr_next == NULL
|
|
? extra_sep : 0)) / (p_wmw + 1);
|
|
room -= new_size - n;
|
|
if (room < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
new_size += room;
|
|
room = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
fr->fr_newwidth = new_size;
|
|
}
|
|
if (next_curwin_size == -1)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!has_next_curwin)
|
|
next_curwin_size = 0;
|
|
else if (totwincount > 1
|
|
&& (room + (totwincount - 2))
|
|
/ (totwincount - 1) > p_wiw)
|
|
{
|
|
// Can make all windows wider than 'winwidth', spread
|
|
// the room equally.
|
|
next_curwin_size = (room + p_wiw
|
|
+ (totwincount - 1) * p_wmw
|
|
+ (totwincount - 1)) / totwincount;
|
|
room -= next_curwin_size - p_wiw;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
next_curwin_size = p_wiw;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (has_next_curwin)
|
|
--totwincount; // don't count curwin
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
FOR_ALL_FRAMES(fr, topfr->fr_child)
|
|
{
|
|
wincount = 1;
|
|
if (fr->fr_next == NULL)
|
|
// last frame gets all that remains (avoid roundoff error)
|
|
new_size = width;
|
|
else if (dir == 'v')
|
|
new_size = fr->fr_width;
|
|
else if (frame_fixed_width(fr))
|
|
{
|
|
new_size = fr->fr_newwidth;
|
|
wincount = 0; // doesn't count as a sizeable window
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// Compute the maximum number of windows horiz. in "fr".
|
|
n = frame_minwidth(fr, NOWIN);
|
|
wincount = (n + (fr->fr_next == NULL ? extra_sep : 0))
|
|
/ (p_wmw + 1);
|
|
m = frame_minwidth(fr, next_curwin);
|
|
if (has_next_curwin)
|
|
hnc = frame_has_win(fr, next_curwin);
|
|
else
|
|
hnc = FALSE;
|
|
if (hnc) // don't count next_curwin
|
|
--wincount;
|
|
if (totwincount == 0)
|
|
new_size = room;
|
|
else
|
|
new_size = (wincount * room + ((unsigned)totwincount >> 1))
|
|
/ totwincount;
|
|
if (hnc) // add next_curwin size
|
|
{
|
|
next_curwin_size -= p_wiw - (m - n);
|
|
if (next_curwin_size < 0)
|
|
next_curwin_size = 0;
|
|
new_size += next_curwin_size;
|
|
room -= new_size - next_curwin_size;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
room -= new_size;
|
|
new_size += n;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Skip frame that is full width when splitting or closing a
|
|
// window, unless equalizing all frames.
|
|
if (!current || dir != 'v' || topfr->fr_parent != NULL
|
|
|| (new_size != fr->fr_width)
|
|
|| frame_has_win(fr, next_curwin))
|
|
win_equal_rec(next_curwin, current, fr, dir, col, row,
|
|
new_size, height);
|
|
col += new_size;
|
|
width -= new_size;
|
|
totwincount -= wincount;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else // topfr->fr_layout == FR_COL
|
|
{
|
|
topfr->fr_width = width;
|
|
topfr->fr_height = height;
|
|
|
|
if (dir != 'h') // equalize frame heights
|
|
{
|
|
// Compute maximum number of windows vertically in this frame.
|
|
n = frame_minheight(topfr, NOWIN);
|
|
// add one for the bottom window if it doesn't have a statusline
|
|
if (row + height == cmdline_row && p_ls == 0)
|
|
extra_sep = 1;
|
|
else
|
|
extra_sep = 0;
|
|
totwincount = (n + extra_sep) / (p_wmh + 1);
|
|
has_next_curwin = frame_has_win(topfr, next_curwin);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Compute height for "next_curwin" window and room available for
|
|
* other windows.
|
|
* "m" is the minimal height when counting p_wh for "next_curwin".
|
|
*/
|
|
m = frame_minheight(topfr, next_curwin);
|
|
room = height - m;
|
|
if (room < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
// The room is less than 'winheight', use all space for the
|
|
// current window.
|
|
next_curwin_size = p_wh + room;
|
|
room = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
next_curwin_size = -1;
|
|
FOR_ALL_FRAMES(fr, topfr->fr_child)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!frame_fixed_height(fr))
|
|
continue;
|
|
// If 'winfixheight' set keep the window height if
|
|
// possible.
|
|
// Watch out for this window being the next_curwin.
|
|
n = frame_minheight(fr, NOWIN);
|
|
new_size = fr->fr_height;
|
|
if (frame_has_win(fr, next_curwin))
|
|
{
|
|
room += p_wh - p_wmh;
|
|
next_curwin_size = 0;
|
|
if (new_size < p_wh)
|
|
new_size = p_wh;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
// These windows don't use up room.
|
|
totwincount -= (n + (fr->fr_next == NULL
|
|
? extra_sep : 0)) / (p_wmh + 1);
|
|
room -= new_size - n;
|
|
if (room < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
new_size += room;
|
|
room = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
fr->fr_newheight = new_size;
|
|
}
|
|
if (next_curwin_size == -1)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!has_next_curwin)
|
|
next_curwin_size = 0;
|
|
else if (totwincount > 1
|
|
&& (room + (totwincount - 2))
|
|
/ (totwincount - 1) > p_wh)
|
|
{
|
|
// can make all windows higher than 'winheight',
|
|
// spread the room equally.
|
|
next_curwin_size = (room + p_wh
|
|
+ (totwincount - 1) * p_wmh
|
|
+ (totwincount - 1)) / totwincount;
|
|
room -= next_curwin_size - p_wh;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
next_curwin_size = p_wh;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (has_next_curwin)
|
|
--totwincount; // don't count curwin
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
FOR_ALL_FRAMES(fr, topfr->fr_child)
|
|
{
|
|
wincount = 1;
|
|
if (fr->fr_next == NULL)
|
|
// last frame gets all that remains (avoid roundoff error)
|
|
new_size = height;
|
|
else if (dir == 'h')
|
|
new_size = fr->fr_height;
|
|
else if (frame_fixed_height(fr))
|
|
{
|
|
new_size = fr->fr_newheight;
|
|
wincount = 0; // doesn't count as a sizeable window
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// Compute the maximum number of windows vert. in "fr".
|
|
n = frame_minheight(fr, NOWIN);
|
|
wincount = (n + (fr->fr_next == NULL ? extra_sep : 0))
|
|
/ (p_wmh + 1);
|
|
m = frame_minheight(fr, next_curwin);
|
|
if (has_next_curwin)
|
|
hnc = frame_has_win(fr, next_curwin);
|
|
else
|
|
hnc = FALSE;
|
|
if (hnc) // don't count next_curwin
|
|
--wincount;
|
|
if (totwincount == 0)
|
|
new_size = room;
|
|
else
|
|
new_size = (wincount * room + ((unsigned)totwincount >> 1))
|
|
/ totwincount;
|
|
if (hnc) // add next_curwin size
|
|
{
|
|
next_curwin_size -= p_wh - (m - n);
|
|
new_size += next_curwin_size;
|
|
room -= new_size - next_curwin_size;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
room -= new_size;
|
|
new_size += n;
|
|
}
|
|
// Skip frame that is full width when splitting or closing a
|
|
// window, unless equalizing all frames.
|
|
if (!current || dir != 'h' || topfr->fr_parent != NULL
|
|
|| (new_size != fr->fr_height)
|
|
|| frame_has_win(fr, next_curwin))
|
|
win_equal_rec(next_curwin, current, fr, dir, col, row,
|
|
width, new_size);
|
|
row += new_size;
|
|
height -= new_size;
|
|
totwincount -= wincount;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL
|
|
void
|
|
leaving_window(win_T *win)
|
|
{
|
|
// Only matters for a prompt window.
|
|
if (!bt_prompt(win->w_buffer))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// When leaving a prompt window stop Insert mode and perhaps restart
|
|
// it when entering that window again.
|
|
win->w_buffer->b_prompt_insert = restart_edit;
|
|
if (restart_edit != 0 && mode_displayed)
|
|
clear_cmdline = TRUE; // unshow mode later
|
|
restart_edit = NUL;
|
|
|
|
// When leaving the window (or closing the window) was done from a
|
|
// callback we need to break out of the Insert mode loop and restart Insert
|
|
// mode when entering the window again.
|
|
if ((State & MODE_INSERT) && !stop_insert_mode)
|
|
{
|
|
stop_insert_mode = TRUE;
|
|
if (win->w_buffer->b_prompt_insert == NUL)
|
|
win->w_buffer->b_prompt_insert = 'A';
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
entering_window(win_T *win)
|
|
{
|
|
// Only matters for a prompt window.
|
|
if (!bt_prompt(win->w_buffer))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// When switching to a prompt buffer that was in Insert mode, don't stop
|
|
// Insert mode, it may have been set in leaving_window().
|
|
if (win->w_buffer->b_prompt_insert != NUL)
|
|
stop_insert_mode = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
// When entering the prompt window restart Insert mode if we were in Insert
|
|
// mode when we left it and not already in Insert mode.
|
|
if ((State & MODE_INSERT) == 0)
|
|
restart_edit = win->w_buffer->b_prompt_insert;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
win_init_empty(win_T *wp)
|
|
{
|
|
redraw_win_later(wp, UPD_NOT_VALID);
|
|
wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
|
|
wp->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
|
|
wp->w_curswant = wp->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
wp->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
wp->w_pcmark.lnum = 1; // pcmark not cleared but set to line 1
|
|
wp->w_pcmark.col = 0;
|
|
wp->w_prev_pcmark.lnum = 0;
|
|
wp->w_prev_pcmark.col = 0;
|
|
wp->w_topline = 1;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
wp->w_topfill = 0;
|
|
#endif
|
|
wp->w_botline = 2;
|
|
wp->w_valid = 0;
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SPELL)
|
|
wp->w_s = &wp->w_buffer->b_s;
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL
|
|
term_reset_wincolor(wp);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Init the current window "curwin".
|
|
* Called when a new file is being edited.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
curwin_init(void)
|
|
{
|
|
win_init_empty(curwin);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Close all windows for buffer "buf".
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
close_windows(
|
|
buf_T *buf,
|
|
int keep_curwin) // don't close "curwin"
|
|
{
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
tabpage_T *tp, *nexttp;
|
|
int count = tabpage_index(NULL);
|
|
|
|
++RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
|
for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL && !ONE_WINDOW; )
|
|
{
|
|
if (wp->w_buffer == buf && (!keep_curwin || wp != curwin)
|
|
&& !(win_locked(wp) || wp->w_buffer->b_locked > 0))
|
|
{
|
|
if (win_close(wp, FALSE) == FAIL)
|
|
// If closing the window fails give up, to avoid looping
|
|
// forever.
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// Start all over, autocommands may change the window layout.
|
|
wp = firstwin;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
wp = wp->w_next;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Also check windows in other tab pages.
|
|
for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = nexttp)
|
|
{
|
|
nexttp = tp->tp_next;
|
|
if (tp != curtab)
|
|
FOR_ALL_WINDOWS_IN_TAB(tp, wp)
|
|
if (wp->w_buffer == buf
|
|
&& !(win_locked(wp) || wp->w_buffer->b_locked > 0))
|
|
{
|
|
win_close_othertab(wp, FALSE, tp);
|
|
|
|
// Start all over, the tab page may be closed and
|
|
// autocommands may change the window layout.
|
|
nexttp = first_tabpage;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (RedrawingDisabled > 0)
|
|
--RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
|
if (count != tabpage_index(NULL))
|
|
apply_autocmds(EVENT_TABCLOSED, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE if the current window is the only window that exists (ignoring
|
|
* "aucmd_win[]").
|
|
* Returns FALSE if there is a window, possibly in another tab page.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
last_window(void)
|
|
{
|
|
return (one_window() && first_tabpage->tp_next == NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE if there is only one window other than "aucmd_win[]" in the
|
|
* current tab page.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
one_window(void)
|
|
{
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
int seen_one = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!is_aucmd_win(wp))
|
|
{
|
|
if (seen_one)
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
seen_one = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Close the possibly last window in a tab page.
|
|
* Return FALSE if there are other windows and nothing is done, TRUE otherwise.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
close_last_window_tabpage(
|
|
win_T *win,
|
|
int free_buf,
|
|
tabpage_T *prev_curtab)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!ONE_WINDOW)
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Closing the last window in a tab page. First go to another tab
|
|
* page and then close the window and the tab page. This avoids that
|
|
* curwin and curtab are invalid while we are freeing memory, they may
|
|
* be used in GUI events.
|
|
* Don't trigger autocommands yet, they may use wrong values, so do
|
|
* that below.
|
|
*/
|
|
goto_tabpage_tp(alt_tabpage(), FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
|
// Safety check: Autocommands may have closed the window when jumping
|
|
// to the other tab page.
|
|
if (valid_tabpage(prev_curtab) && prev_curtab->tp_firstwin == win)
|
|
win_close_othertab(win, free_buf, prev_curtab);
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL
|
|
entering_window(curwin);
|
|
#endif
|
|
// Since goto_tabpage_tp above did not trigger *Enter autocommands, do
|
|
// that now.
|
|
apply_autocmds(EVENT_TABCLOSED, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
apply_autocmds(EVENT_WINENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
apply_autocmds(EVENT_TABENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
if (old_curbuf != curbuf)
|
|
apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Close the buffer of "win" and unload it if "action" is DOBUF_UNLOAD.
|
|
* "action" can also be zero (do nothing) or DOBUF_WIPE.
|
|
* "abort_if_last" is passed to close_buffer(): abort closing if all other
|
|
* windows are closed.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
win_close_buffer(win_T *win, int action, int abort_if_last)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
// Free independent synblock before the buffer is freed.
|
|
if (win->w_buffer != NULL)
|
|
reset_synblock(win);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
|
|
// When a quickfix/location list window is closed and the buffer is
|
|
// displayed in only one window, then unlist the buffer.
|
|
if (win->w_buffer != NULL && bt_quickfix(win->w_buffer)
|
|
&& win->w_buffer->b_nwindows == 1)
|
|
win->w_buffer->b_p_bl = FALSE;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
// Close the link to the buffer.
|
|
if (win->w_buffer != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
bufref_T bufref;
|
|
|
|
set_bufref(&bufref, curbuf);
|
|
win->w_locked = TRUE;
|
|
close_buffer(win, win->w_buffer, action, abort_if_last, TRUE);
|
|
if (win_valid_any_tab(win))
|
|
win->w_locked = FALSE;
|
|
// Make sure curbuf is valid. It can become invalid if 'bufhidden' is
|
|
// "wipe".
|
|
if (!bufref_valid(&bufref))
|
|
curbuf = firstbuf;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Close window "win". Only works for the current tab page.
|
|
* If "free_buf" is TRUE related buffer may be unloaded.
|
|
*
|
|
* Called by :quit, :close, :xit, :wq and findtag().
|
|
* Returns FAIL when the window was not closed.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
win_close(win_T *win, int free_buf)
|
|
{
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
int other_buffer = FALSE;
|
|
int close_curwin = FALSE;
|
|
int dir;
|
|
int help_window = FALSE;
|
|
tabpage_T *prev_curtab = curtab;
|
|
frame_T *win_frame = win->w_frame->fr_parent;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
int had_diffmode = win->w_p_diff;
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifdef MESSAGE_QUEUE
|
|
int did_decrement = FALSE;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_TERMINAL) && defined(FEAT_PROP_POPUP)
|
|
// Can close a popup window with a terminal if the job has finished.
|
|
if (may_close_term_popup() == OK)
|
|
return OK;
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (ERROR_IF_ANY_POPUP_WINDOW)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
|
|
if (last_window())
|
|
{
|
|
emsg(_(e_cannot_close_last_window));
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
if (window_layout_locked(CMD_close))
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
|
|
if (win_locked(win) || (win->w_buffer != NULL
|
|
&& win->w_buffer->b_locked > 0))
|
|
return FAIL; // window is already being closed
|
|
if (win_unlisted(win))
|
|
{
|
|
emsg(_(e_cannot_close_autocmd_or_popup_window));
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
if ((is_aucmd_win(firstwin) || is_aucmd_win(lastwin)) && one_window())
|
|
{
|
|
emsg(_(e_cannot_close_window_only_autocmd_window_would_remain));
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// When closing the last window in a tab page first go to another tab page
|
|
// and then close the window and the tab page to avoid that curwin and
|
|
// curtab are invalid while we are freeing memory.
|
|
if (close_last_window_tabpage(win, free_buf, prev_curtab))
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
|
|
// When closing the help window, try restoring a snapshot after closing
|
|
// the window. Otherwise clear the snapshot, it's now invalid.
|
|
if (bt_help(win->w_buffer))
|
|
help_window = TRUE;
|
|
else
|
|
clear_snapshot(curtab, SNAP_HELP_IDX);
|
|
|
|
if (win == curwin)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL
|
|
leaving_window(curwin);
|
|
#endif
|
|
/*
|
|
* Guess which window is going to be the new current window.
|
|
* This may change because of the autocommands (sigh).
|
|
*/
|
|
wp = frame2win(win_altframe(win, NULL));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Be careful: If autocommands delete the window or cause this window
|
|
* to be the last one left, return now.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (wp->w_buffer != curbuf)
|
|
{
|
|
reset_VIsual_and_resel(); // stop Visual mode
|
|
|
|
other_buffer = TRUE;
|
|
if (!win_valid(win))
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
win->w_locked = TRUE;
|
|
apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFLEAVE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
if (!win_valid(win))
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
win->w_locked = FALSE;
|
|
if (last_window())
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
win->w_locked = TRUE;
|
|
apply_autocmds(EVENT_WINLEAVE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
if (!win_valid(win))
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
win->w_locked = FALSE;
|
|
if (last_window())
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
// autocmds may abort script processing
|
|
if (aborting())
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
// Avoid trouble with scrollbars that are going to be deleted in
|
|
// win_free().
|
|
if (gui.in_use)
|
|
out_flush();
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_PROP_POPUP
|
|
if (popup_win_closed(win) && !win_valid(win))
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
// Trigger WinClosed just before starting to free window-related resources.
|
|
trigger_winclosed(win);
|
|
// autocmd may have freed the window already.
|
|
if (!win_valid_any_tab(win))
|
|
return OK;
|
|
|
|
win_close_buffer(win, free_buf ? DOBUF_UNLOAD : 0, TRUE);
|
|
|
|
if (win_valid(win) && win->w_buffer == NULL
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_PROP_POPUP)
|
|
&& !popup_is_popup(win)
|
|
#endif
|
|
&& last_window())
|
|
{
|
|
// Autocommands have closed all windows, quit now. Restore
|
|
// curwin->w_buffer, otherwise writing viminfo may fail.
|
|
if (curwin->w_buffer == NULL)
|
|
curwin->w_buffer = curbuf;
|
|
getout(0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Autocommands may have moved to another tab page.
|
|
if (curtab != prev_curtab && win_valid_any_tab(win)
|
|
&& win->w_buffer == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
// Need to close the window anyway, since the buffer is NULL.
|
|
win_close_othertab(win, FALSE, prev_curtab);
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Autocommands may have closed the window already or closed the only
|
|
// other window.
|
|
if (!win_valid(win) || last_window()
|
|
|| close_last_window_tabpage(win, free_buf, prev_curtab))
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
|
|
// Now we are really going to close the window. Disallow any autocommand
|
|
// to split a window to avoid trouble.
|
|
// Also bail out of parse_queued_messages() to avoid it tries to update the
|
|
// screen.
|
|
++split_disallowed;
|
|
#ifdef MESSAGE_QUEUE
|
|
++dont_parse_messages;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
// Free the memory used for the window and get the window that received
|
|
// the screen space.
|
|
wp = win_free_mem(win, &dir, NULL);
|
|
|
|
if (help_window)
|
|
{
|
|
// Closing the help window moves the cursor back to the current window
|
|
// of the snapshot.
|
|
win_T *prev_win = get_snapshot_curwin(SNAP_HELP_IDX);
|
|
|
|
if (win_valid(prev_win))
|
|
wp = prev_win;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Make sure curwin isn't invalid. It can cause severe trouble when
|
|
// printing an error message. For win_equal() curbuf needs to be valid
|
|
// too.
|
|
if (win == curwin)
|
|
{
|
|
curwin = wp;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
|
|
if (wp->w_p_pvw || bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the cursor goes to the preview or the quickfix window, try
|
|
* finding another window to go to.
|
|
*/
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
if (wp->w_next == NULL)
|
|
wp = firstwin;
|
|
else
|
|
wp = wp->w_next;
|
|
if (wp == curwin)
|
|
break;
|
|
if (!wp->w_p_pvw && !bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer))
|
|
{
|
|
curwin = wp;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
close_curwin = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
// The cursor position may be invalid if the buffer changed after last
|
|
// using the window.
|
|
check_cursor();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If last window has a status line now and we don't want one, remove the
|
|
* status line. Do this before win_equal(), because it may change the
|
|
* height of a window
|
|
*/
|
|
last_status(FALSE);
|
|
|
|
if (p_ea && (*p_ead == 'b' || *p_ead == dir))
|
|
// If the frame of the closed window contains the new current window,
|
|
// only resize that frame. Otherwise resize all windows.
|
|
win_equal(curwin, curwin->w_frame->fr_parent == win_frame, dir);
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
win_comp_pos();
|
|
win_fix_scroll(FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
if (close_curwin)
|
|
{
|
|
// Pass WEE_ALLOW_PARSE_MESSAGES to decrement dont_parse_messages
|
|
// before autocommands.
|
|
#ifdef MESSAGE_QUEUE
|
|
did_decrement =
|
|
#else
|
|
(void)
|
|
#endif
|
|
win_enter_ext(wp,
|
|
WEE_CURWIN_INVALID | WEE_TRIGGER_ENTER_AUTOCMDS
|
|
| WEE_TRIGGER_LEAVE_AUTOCMDS | WEE_ALLOW_PARSE_MESSAGES);
|
|
if (other_buffer)
|
|
// careful: after this wp and win may be invalid!
|
|
apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
--split_disallowed;
|
|
#ifdef MESSAGE_QUEUE
|
|
if (!did_decrement)
|
|
--dont_parse_messages;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
// After closing the help window, try restoring the window layout from
|
|
// before it was opened.
|
|
if (help_window)
|
|
restore_snapshot(SNAP_HELP_IDX, close_curwin);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
// If the window had 'diff' set and now there is only one window left in
|
|
// the tab page with 'diff' set, and "closeoff" is in 'diffopt', then
|
|
// execute ":diffoff!".
|
|
if (diffopt_closeoff() && had_diffmode && curtab == prev_curtab)
|
|
{
|
|
int diffcount = 0;
|
|
win_T *dwin;
|
|
|
|
FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(dwin)
|
|
if (dwin->w_p_diff)
|
|
++diffcount;
|
|
if (diffcount == 1)
|
|
do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"diffoff!");
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_GUI)
|
|
// When 'guioptions' includes 'L' or 'R' may have to remove scrollbars.
|
|
if (gui.in_use && !win_hasvertsplit())
|
|
gui_init_which_components(NULL);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
redraw_all_later(UPD_NOT_VALID);
|
|
return OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
trigger_winnewpre(void)
|
|
{
|
|
window_layout_lock();
|
|
apply_autocmds(EVENT_WINNEWPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, NULL);
|
|
window_layout_unlock();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
trigger_winclosed(win_T *win)
|
|
{
|
|
static int recursive = FALSE;
|
|
char_u winid[NUMBUFLEN];
|
|
|
|
if (recursive)
|
|
return;
|
|
recursive = TRUE;
|
|
vim_snprintf((char *)winid, sizeof(winid), "%d", win->w_id);
|
|
apply_autocmds(EVENT_WINCLOSED, winid, winid, FALSE, win->w_buffer);
|
|
recursive = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Make a snapshot of all the window scroll positions and sizes of the current
|
|
* tab page.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
snapshot_windows_scroll_size(void)
|
|
{
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
{
|
|
wp->w_last_topline = wp->w_topline;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
wp->w_last_topfill = wp->w_topfill;
|
|
#endif
|
|
wp->w_last_leftcol = wp->w_leftcol;
|
|
wp->w_last_skipcol = wp->w_skipcol;
|
|
wp->w_last_width = wp->w_width;
|
|
wp->w_last_height = wp->w_height;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int did_initial_scroll_size_snapshot = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
may_make_initial_scroll_size_snapshot(void)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!did_initial_scroll_size_snapshot)
|
|
{
|
|
did_initial_scroll_size_snapshot = TRUE;
|
|
snapshot_windows_scroll_size();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
/*
|
|
* Create a dictionary with information about size and scroll changes in a
|
|
* window.
|
|
* Returns the dictionary with refcount set to one.
|
|
* Returns NULL when out of memory.
|
|
*/
|
|
static dict_T *
|
|
make_win_info_dict(
|
|
int width,
|
|
int height,
|
|
int topline,
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
int topfill,
|
|
# endif
|
|
int leftcol,
|
|
int skipcol)
|
|
{
|
|
dict_T *d = dict_alloc();
|
|
if (d == NULL)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
d->dv_refcount = 1;
|
|
|
|
// not actually looping, for breaking out on error
|
|
while (1)
|
|
{
|
|
typval_T tv;
|
|
tv.v_lock = 0;
|
|
tv.v_type = VAR_NUMBER;
|
|
|
|
tv.vval.v_number = width;
|
|
if (dict_add_tv(d, "width", &tv) == FAIL)
|
|
break;
|
|
tv.vval.v_number = height;
|
|
if (dict_add_tv(d, "height", &tv) == FAIL)
|
|
break;
|
|
tv.vval.v_number = topline;
|
|
if (dict_add_tv(d, "topline", &tv) == FAIL)
|
|
break;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
tv.vval.v_number = topfill;
|
|
#else
|
|
tv.vval.v_number = 0;
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (dict_add_tv(d, "topfill", &tv) == FAIL)
|
|
break;
|
|
tv.vval.v_number = leftcol;
|
|
if (dict_add_tv(d, "leftcol", &tv) == FAIL)
|
|
break;
|
|
tv.vval.v_number = skipcol;
|
|
if (dict_add_tv(d, "skipcol", &tv) == FAIL)
|
|
break;
|
|
return d;
|
|
}
|
|
dict_unref(d);
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
// Return values of check_window_scroll_resize():
|
|
#define CWSR_SCROLLED 1 // at least one window scrolled
|
|
#define CWSR_RESIZED 2 // at least one window size changed
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* This function is used for three purposes:
|
|
* 1. Goes over all windows in the current tab page and returns:
|
|
* 0 no scrolling and no size changes found
|
|
* CWSR_SCROLLED at least one window scrolled
|
|
* CWSR_RESIZED at least one window changed size
|
|
* CWSR_SCROLLED + CWSR_RESIZED both
|
|
* "size_count" is set to the nr of windows with size changes.
|
|
* "first_scroll_win" is set to the first window with any relevant changes.
|
|
* "first_size_win" is set to the first window with size changes.
|
|
*
|
|
* 2. When the first three arguments are NULL and "winlist" is not NULL,
|
|
* "winlist" is set to the list of window IDs with size changes.
|
|
*
|
|
* 3. When the first three arguments are NULL and "v_event" is not NULL,
|
|
* information about changed windows is added to "v_event".
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
check_window_scroll_resize(
|
|
int *size_count,
|
|
win_T **first_scroll_win,
|
|
win_T **first_size_win,
|
|
list_T *winlist UNUSED,
|
|
dict_T *v_event UNUSED)
|
|
{
|
|
int result = 0;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
int listidx = 0;
|
|
int tot_width = 0;
|
|
int tot_height = 0;
|
|
int tot_topline = 0;
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
int tot_topfill = 0;
|
|
# endif
|
|
int tot_leftcol = 0;
|
|
int tot_skipcol = 0;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
{
|
|
int size_changed = wp->w_last_width != wp->w_width
|
|
|| wp->w_last_height != wp->w_height;
|
|
if (size_changed)
|
|
{
|
|
result |= CWSR_RESIZED;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
if (winlist != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
// Add this window to the list of changed windows.
|
|
typval_T tv;
|
|
tv.v_lock = 0;
|
|
tv.v_type = VAR_NUMBER;
|
|
tv.vval.v_number = wp->w_id;
|
|
list_set_item(winlist, listidx++, &tv);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (size_count != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
++*size_count;
|
|
if (*first_size_win == NULL)
|
|
*first_size_win = wp;
|
|
// For WinScrolled the first window with a size change is used
|
|
// even when it didn't scroll.
|
|
if (*first_scroll_win == NULL)
|
|
*first_scroll_win = wp;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int scroll_changed = wp->w_last_topline != wp->w_topline
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|| wp->w_last_topfill != wp->w_topfill
|
|
#endif
|
|
|| wp->w_last_leftcol != wp->w_leftcol
|
|
|| wp->w_last_skipcol != wp->w_skipcol;
|
|
if (scroll_changed)
|
|
{
|
|
result |= CWSR_SCROLLED;
|
|
if (first_scroll_win != NULL && *first_scroll_win == NULL)
|
|
*first_scroll_win = wp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
if ((size_changed || scroll_changed) && v_event != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
// Add info about this window to the v:event dictionary.
|
|
int width = wp->w_width - wp->w_last_width;
|
|
int height = wp->w_height - wp->w_last_height;
|
|
int topline = wp->w_topline - wp->w_last_topline;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
int topfill = wp->w_topfill - wp->w_last_topfill;
|
|
#endif
|
|
int leftcol = wp->w_leftcol - wp->w_last_leftcol;
|
|
int skipcol = wp->w_skipcol - wp->w_last_skipcol;
|
|
dict_T *d = make_win_info_dict(width, height, topline,
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
topfill,
|
|
#endif
|
|
leftcol, skipcol);
|
|
if (d == NULL)
|
|
break;
|
|
char winid[NUMBUFLEN];
|
|
vim_snprintf(winid, sizeof(winid), "%d", wp->w_id);
|
|
if (dict_add_dict(v_event, winid, d) == FAIL)
|
|
{
|
|
dict_unref(d);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
--d->dv_refcount;
|
|
|
|
tot_width += abs(width);
|
|
tot_height += abs(height);
|
|
tot_topline += abs(topline);
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
tot_topfill += abs(topfill);
|
|
#endif
|
|
tot_leftcol += abs(leftcol);
|
|
tot_skipcol += abs(skipcol);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
if (v_event != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
dict_T *alldict = make_win_info_dict(tot_width, tot_height, tot_topline,
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
tot_topfill,
|
|
# endif
|
|
tot_leftcol, tot_skipcol);
|
|
if (alldict != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (dict_add_dict(v_event, "all", alldict) == FAIL)
|
|
dict_unref(alldict);
|
|
else
|
|
--alldict->dv_refcount;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Trigger WinScrolled and/or WinResized if any window in the current tab page
|
|
* scrolled or changed size.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
may_trigger_win_scrolled_resized(void)
|
|
{
|
|
static int recursive = FALSE;
|
|
int do_resize = has_winresized();
|
|
int do_scroll = has_winscrolled();
|
|
|
|
// Do not trigger WinScrolled or WinResized recursively. Do not trigger
|
|
// before the initial snapshot of the w_last_ values was made.
|
|
if (recursive
|
|
|| !(do_scroll || do_resize)
|
|
|| !did_initial_scroll_size_snapshot)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
int size_count = 0;
|
|
win_T *first_scroll_win = NULL, *first_size_win = NULL;
|
|
int cwsr = check_window_scroll_resize(&size_count,
|
|
&first_scroll_win, &first_size_win,
|
|
NULL, NULL);
|
|
int trigger_resize = do_resize && size_count > 0;
|
|
int trigger_scroll = do_scroll && cwsr != 0;
|
|
if (!trigger_resize && !trigger_scroll)
|
|
return; // no relevant changes
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
list_T *windows_list = NULL;
|
|
if (trigger_resize)
|
|
{
|
|
// Create the list for v:event.windows before making the snapshot.
|
|
windows_list = list_alloc_with_items(size_count);
|
|
(void)check_window_scroll_resize(NULL, NULL, NULL, windows_list, NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
dict_T *scroll_dict = NULL;
|
|
if (trigger_scroll)
|
|
{
|
|
// Create the dict with entries for v:event before making the snapshot.
|
|
scroll_dict = dict_alloc();
|
|
if (scroll_dict != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
scroll_dict->dv_refcount = 1;
|
|
(void)check_window_scroll_resize(NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL,
|
|
scroll_dict);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
// WinScrolled/WinResized are triggered only once, even when multiple
|
|
// windows scrolled or changed size. Store the current values before
|
|
// triggering the event, if a scroll or resize happens as a side effect
|
|
// then WinScrolled/WinResized is triggered for that later.
|
|
snapshot_windows_scroll_size();
|
|
|
|
// "curwin" may be different from the actual current window, make
|
|
// sure it can be restored.
|
|
window_layout_lock();
|
|
recursive = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
// If both are to be triggered do WinResized first.
|
|
if (trigger_resize)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
save_v_event_T save_v_event;
|
|
dict_T *v_event = get_v_event(&save_v_event);
|
|
|
|
if (dict_add_list(v_event, "windows", windows_list) == OK)
|
|
{
|
|
dict_set_items_ro(v_event);
|
|
#endif
|
|
char_u winid[NUMBUFLEN];
|
|
vim_snprintf((char *)winid, sizeof(winid), "%d",
|
|
first_size_win->w_id);
|
|
apply_autocmds(EVENT_WINRESIZED, winid, winid, FALSE,
|
|
first_size_win->w_buffer);
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
}
|
|
restore_v_event(v_event, &save_v_event);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (trigger_scroll
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
&& scroll_dict != NULL
|
|
#endif
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
save_v_event_T save_v_event;
|
|
dict_T *v_event = get_v_event(&save_v_event);
|
|
|
|
// Move the entries from scroll_dict to v_event.
|
|
dict_extend(v_event, scroll_dict, (char_u *)"move", NULL);
|
|
dict_set_items_ro(v_event);
|
|
dict_unref(scroll_dict);
|
|
#endif
|
|
char_u winid[NUMBUFLEN];
|
|
vim_snprintf((char *)winid, sizeof(winid), "%d",
|
|
first_scroll_win->w_id);
|
|
apply_autocmds(EVENT_WINSCROLLED, winid, winid, FALSE,
|
|
first_scroll_win->w_buffer);
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
restore_v_event(v_event, &save_v_event);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
recursive = FALSE;
|
|
window_layout_unlock();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Close window "win" in tab page "tp", which is not the current tab page.
|
|
* This may be the last window in that tab page and result in closing the tab,
|
|
* thus "tp" may become invalid!
|
|
* Caller must check if buffer is hidden and whether the tabline needs to be
|
|
* updated.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
win_close_othertab(win_T *win, int free_buf, tabpage_T *tp)
|
|
{
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
int dir;
|
|
tabpage_T *ptp = NULL;
|
|
int free_tp = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
// Get here with win->w_buffer == NULL when win_close() detects the tab
|
|
// page changed.
|
|
if (win_locked(win) || (win->w_buffer != NULL
|
|
&& win->w_buffer->b_locked > 0))
|
|
return; // window is already being closed
|
|
|
|
// Trigger WinClosed just before starting to free window-related resources.
|
|
// If the buffer is NULL, it isn't safe to trigger autocommands,
|
|
// and win_close() should have already triggered WinClosed.
|
|
if (win->w_buffer != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
trigger_winclosed(win);
|
|
// autocmd may have freed the window already.
|
|
if (!win_valid_any_tab(win))
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (win->w_buffer != NULL)
|
|
// Close the link to the buffer.
|
|
close_buffer(win, win->w_buffer, free_buf ? DOBUF_UNLOAD : 0,
|
|
FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
|
// Careful: Autocommands may have closed the tab page or made it the
|
|
// current tab page.
|
|
for (ptp = first_tabpage; ptp != NULL && ptp != tp; ptp = ptp->tp_next)
|
|
;
|
|
if (ptp == NULL || tp == curtab)
|
|
{
|
|
// If the buffer was removed from the window we have to give it any
|
|
// buffer.
|
|
if (win_valid_any_tab(win) && win->w_buffer == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
win->w_buffer = firstbuf;
|
|
++firstbuf->b_nwindows;
|
|
win_init_empty(win);
|
|
}
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Autocommands may have closed the window already.
|
|
for (wp = tp->tp_firstwin; wp != NULL && wp != win; wp = wp->w_next)
|
|
;
|
|
if (wp == NULL)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// When closing the last window in a tab page remove the tab page.
|
|
if (tp->tp_firstwin == tp->tp_lastwin)
|
|
{
|
|
int h = tabline_height();
|
|
|
|
if (tp == first_tabpage)
|
|
first_tabpage = tp->tp_next;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
for (ptp = first_tabpage; ptp != NULL && ptp->tp_next != tp;
|
|
ptp = ptp->tp_next)
|
|
;
|
|
if (ptp == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
internal_error("win_close_othertab()");
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
ptp->tp_next = tp->tp_next;
|
|
}
|
|
free_tp = TRUE;
|
|
redraw_tabline = TRUE;
|
|
if (h != tabline_height())
|
|
shell_new_rows();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Free the memory used for the window.
|
|
win_free_mem(win, &dir, tp);
|
|
|
|
if (free_tp)
|
|
free_tabpage(tp);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Free the memory used for a window.
|
|
* Returns a pointer to the window that got the freed up space.
|
|
*/
|
|
static win_T *
|
|
win_free_mem(
|
|
win_T *win,
|
|
int *dirp, // set to 'v' or 'h' for direction if 'ea'
|
|
tabpage_T *tp) // tab page "win" is in, NULL for current
|
|
{
|
|
frame_T *frp;
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
tabpage_T *win_tp = tp == NULL ? curtab : tp;
|
|
|
|
// Remove the window and its frame from the tree of frames.
|
|
frp = win->w_frame;
|
|
wp = winframe_remove(win, dirp, tp, NULL);
|
|
vim_free(frp);
|
|
win_free(win, tp);
|
|
|
|
// When deleting the current window in the tab, select a new current
|
|
// window.
|
|
if (win == win_tp->tp_curwin)
|
|
win_tp->tp_curwin = wp;
|
|
|
|
return wp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
void
|
|
win_free_all(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int dummy;
|
|
|
|
// avoid an error for switching tabpage with the cmdline window open
|
|
cmdwin_type = 0;
|
|
cmdwin_buf = NULL;
|
|
cmdwin_win = NULL;
|
|
|
|
while (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL)
|
|
tabpage_close(TRUE);
|
|
|
|
for (int i = 0; i < AUCMD_WIN_COUNT; ++i)
|
|
if (aucmd_win[i].auc_win != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
(void)win_free_mem(aucmd_win[i].auc_win, &dummy, NULL);
|
|
aucmd_win[i].auc_win = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
while (firstwin != NULL)
|
|
(void)win_free_mem(firstwin, &dummy, NULL);
|
|
|
|
// No window should be used after this. Set curwin to NULL to crash
|
|
// instead of using freed memory.
|
|
curwin = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Remove a window and its frame from the tree of frames.
|
|
* Returns a pointer to the window that got the freed up space.
|
|
*/
|
|
win_T *
|
|
winframe_remove(
|
|
win_T *win,
|
|
int *dirp, // set to 'v' or 'h' for direction if 'ea'
|
|
tabpage_T *tp, // tab page "win" is in, NULL for current
|
|
frame_T **unflat_altfr) // if not NULL, set to pointer of frame that got
|
|
// the space, and it is not flattened
|
|
{
|
|
frame_T *frp, *frp2, *frp3;
|
|
frame_T *frp_close = win->w_frame;
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
int row, col;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If there is only one window there is nothing to remove.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (tp == NULL ? ONE_WINDOW : tp->tp_firstwin == tp->tp_lastwin)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
// Save the position of the containing frame (which will also contain the
|
|
// altframe) before we remove anything, to recompute window positions later.
|
|
wp = frame2win(frp_close->fr_parent);
|
|
row = wp->w_winrow;
|
|
col = wp->w_wincol;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Remove the window from its frame.
|
|
*/
|
|
frp2 = win_altframe(win, tp);
|
|
wp = frame2win(frp2);
|
|
|
|
// Remove this frame from the list of frames.
|
|
frame_remove(frp_close);
|
|
|
|
if (frp_close->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL)
|
|
{
|
|
// When 'winfixheight' is set, try to find another frame in the column
|
|
// (as close to the closed frame as possible) to distribute the height
|
|
// to.
|
|
if (frp2->fr_win != NULL && frp2->fr_win->w_p_wfh)
|
|
{
|
|
frp = frp_close->fr_prev;
|
|
frp3 = frp_close->fr_next;
|
|
while (frp != NULL || frp3 != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (frp != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!frame_fixed_height(frp))
|
|
{
|
|
frp2 = frp;
|
|
wp = frame2win(frp2);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
frp = frp->fr_prev;
|
|
}
|
|
if (frp3 != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (frp3->fr_win != NULL && !frp3->fr_win->w_p_wfh)
|
|
{
|
|
frp2 = frp3;
|
|
wp = frp3->fr_win;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
frp3 = frp3->fr_next;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
frame_new_height(frp2, frp2->fr_height + frp_close->fr_height,
|
|
frp2 == frp_close->fr_next, FALSE);
|
|
*dirp = 'v';
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// When 'winfixwidth' is set, try to find another frame in the column
|
|
// (as close to the closed frame as possible) to distribute the width
|
|
// to.
|
|
if (frp2->fr_win != NULL && frp2->fr_win->w_p_wfw)
|
|
{
|
|
frp = frp_close->fr_prev;
|
|
frp3 = frp_close->fr_next;
|
|
while (frp != NULL || frp3 != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (frp != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!frame_fixed_width(frp))
|
|
{
|
|
frp2 = frp;
|
|
wp = frame2win(frp2);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
frp = frp->fr_prev;
|
|
}
|
|
if (frp3 != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (frp3->fr_win != NULL && !frp3->fr_win->w_p_wfw)
|
|
{
|
|
frp2 = frp3;
|
|
wp = frp3->fr_win;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
frp3 = frp3->fr_next;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
frame_new_width(frp2, frp2->fr_width + frp_close->fr_width,
|
|
frp2 == frp_close->fr_next, FALSE);
|
|
*dirp = 'h';
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If the altframe wasn't adjacent and left/above, resizing it will have
|
|
// changed window positions within the parent frame. Recompute them.
|
|
if (frp2 != frp_close->fr_prev)
|
|
frame_comp_pos(frp_close->fr_parent, &row, &col);
|
|
|
|
if (unflat_altfr == NULL)
|
|
frame_flatten(frp2);
|
|
else
|
|
*unflat_altfr = frp2;
|
|
|
|
return wp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Flatten "frp" into its parent frame if it's the only child, also merging its
|
|
* list with the grandparent if they share the same layout.
|
|
* Frees "frp" if flattened; also "frp->fr_parent" if it has the same layout.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
frame_flatten(frame_T *frp)
|
|
{
|
|
frame_T *frp2, *frp3;
|
|
|
|
if (frp->fr_next != NULL || frp->fr_prev != NULL)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// There is no other frame in this list, move its info to the parent
|
|
// and remove it.
|
|
frp->fr_parent->fr_layout = frp->fr_layout;
|
|
frp->fr_parent->fr_child = frp->fr_child;
|
|
FOR_ALL_FRAMES(frp2, frp->fr_child)
|
|
frp2->fr_parent = frp->fr_parent;
|
|
frp->fr_parent->fr_win = frp->fr_win;
|
|
if (frp->fr_win != NULL)
|
|
frp->fr_win->w_frame = frp->fr_parent;
|
|
frp2 = frp->fr_parent;
|
|
if (topframe->fr_child == frp)
|
|
topframe->fr_child = frp2;
|
|
vim_free(frp);
|
|
|
|
frp = frp2->fr_parent;
|
|
if (frp != NULL && frp->fr_layout == frp2->fr_layout)
|
|
{
|
|
// The frame above the parent has the same layout, have to merge
|
|
// the frames into this list.
|
|
if (frp->fr_child == frp2)
|
|
frp->fr_child = frp2->fr_child;
|
|
frp2->fr_child->fr_prev = frp2->fr_prev;
|
|
if (frp2->fr_prev != NULL)
|
|
frp2->fr_prev->fr_next = frp2->fr_child;
|
|
for (frp3 = frp2->fr_child; ; frp3 = frp3->fr_next)
|
|
{
|
|
frp3->fr_parent = frp;
|
|
if (frp3->fr_next == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
frp3->fr_next = frp2->fr_next;
|
|
if (frp2->fr_next != NULL)
|
|
frp2->fr_next->fr_prev = frp3;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (topframe->fr_child == frp2)
|
|
topframe->fr_child = frp;
|
|
vim_free(frp2);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Undo changes from a prior call to winframe_remove, also restoring lost
|
|
* vertical separators and statuslines, and changed window positions for
|
|
* windows within "unflat_altfr".
|
|
* Caller must ensure no other changes were made to the layout or window sizes!
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
winframe_restore(win_T *wp, int dir, frame_T *unflat_altfr)
|
|
{
|
|
frame_T *frp = wp->w_frame;
|
|
|
|
// Put "wp"'s frame back where it was.
|
|
if (frp->fr_prev != NULL)
|
|
frame_append(frp->fr_prev, frp);
|
|
else
|
|
frame_insert(frp->fr_next, frp);
|
|
|
|
// Vertical separators to the left may have been lost. Restore them.
|
|
if (wp->w_vsep_width == 0
|
|
&& frp->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_ROW && frp->fr_prev != NULL)
|
|
frame_add_vsep(frp->fr_prev);
|
|
|
|
// Statuslines above may have been lost. Restore them.
|
|
if (wp->w_status_height == 0
|
|
&& frp->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL && frp->fr_prev != NULL)
|
|
frame_add_statusline(frp->fr_prev);
|
|
|
|
// Restore the lost room that was redistributed to the altframe. Also
|
|
// adjusts window sizes to fit restored statuslines/separators, if needed.
|
|
if (dir == 'v')
|
|
{
|
|
frame_new_height(unflat_altfr, unflat_altfr->fr_height - frp->fr_height,
|
|
unflat_altfr == frp->fr_next, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (dir == 'h')
|
|
{
|
|
frame_new_width(unflat_altfr, unflat_altfr->fr_width - frp->fr_width,
|
|
unflat_altfr == frp->fr_next, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Recompute window positions within the parent frame to restore them.
|
|
// Positions were unchanged if the altframe was adjacent and left/above.
|
|
if (unflat_altfr != frp->fr_prev)
|
|
{
|
|
win_T *topleft = frame2win(frp->fr_parent);
|
|
int row = topleft->w_winrow;
|
|
int col = topleft->w_wincol;
|
|
|
|
frame_comp_pos(frp->fr_parent, &row, &col);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return a pointer to the frame that will receive the empty screen space that
|
|
* is left over after "win" is closed.
|
|
*
|
|
* If 'splitbelow' or 'splitright' is set, the space goes above or to the left
|
|
* by default. Otherwise, the free space goes below or to the right. The
|
|
* result is that opening a window and then immediately closing it will
|
|
* preserve the initial window layout. The 'wfh' and 'wfw' settings are
|
|
* respected when possible.
|
|
*/
|
|
static frame_T *
|
|
win_altframe(
|
|
win_T *win,
|
|
tabpage_T *tp) // tab page "win" is in, NULL for current
|
|
{
|
|
frame_T *frp;
|
|
frame_T *other_fr, *target_fr;
|
|
|
|
if (tp == NULL ? ONE_WINDOW : tp->tp_firstwin == tp->tp_lastwin)
|
|
return alt_tabpage()->tp_curwin->w_frame;
|
|
|
|
frp = win->w_frame;
|
|
|
|
if (frp->fr_prev == NULL)
|
|
return frp->fr_next;
|
|
if (frp->fr_next == NULL)
|
|
return frp->fr_prev;
|
|
|
|
// By default the next window will get the space that was abandoned by this
|
|
// window
|
|
target_fr = frp->fr_next;
|
|
other_fr = frp->fr_prev;
|
|
|
|
// If this is part of a column of windows and 'splitbelow' is true then the
|
|
// previous window will get the space.
|
|
if (frp->fr_parent != NULL && frp->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL && p_sb)
|
|
{
|
|
target_fr = frp->fr_prev;
|
|
other_fr = frp->fr_next;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If this is part of a row of windows, and 'splitright' is true then the
|
|
// previous window will get the space.
|
|
if (frp->fr_parent != NULL && frp->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_ROW && p_spr)
|
|
{
|
|
target_fr = frp->fr_prev;
|
|
other_fr = frp->fr_next;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If 'wfh' or 'wfw' is set for the target and not for the alternate
|
|
// window, reverse the selection.
|
|
if (frp->fr_parent != NULL && frp->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_ROW)
|
|
{
|
|
if (frame_fixed_width(target_fr) && !frame_fixed_width(other_fr))
|
|
target_fr = other_fr;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (frame_fixed_height(target_fr) && !frame_fixed_height(other_fr))
|
|
target_fr = other_fr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return target_fr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return the tabpage that will be used if the current one is closed.
|
|
*/
|
|
static tabpage_T *
|
|
alt_tabpage(void)
|
|
{
|
|
tabpage_T *tp = NULL;
|
|
int forward;
|
|
|
|
// Use the last accessed tab page, if possible.
|
|
if ((tcl_flags & TCL_USELAST) && valid_tabpage(lastused_tabpage))
|
|
return lastused_tabpage;
|
|
|
|
// Use the next tab page, if possible.
|
|
forward = curtab->tp_next != NULL &&
|
|
((tcl_flags & TCL_LEFT) == 0 || curtab == first_tabpage);
|
|
|
|
if (forward)
|
|
tp = curtab->tp_next;
|
|
else
|
|
// Use the previous tab page.
|
|
for (tp = first_tabpage; tp->tp_next != curtab; tp = tp->tp_next)
|
|
;
|
|
|
|
return tp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find the left-upper window in frame "frp".
|
|
*/
|
|
static win_T *
|
|
frame2win(frame_T *frp)
|
|
{
|
|
while (frp->fr_win == NULL)
|
|
frp = frp->fr_child;
|
|
return frp->fr_win;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE if frame "frp" contains window "wp".
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
frame_has_win(frame_T *frp, win_T *wp)
|
|
{
|
|
frame_T *p;
|
|
|
|
if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF)
|
|
return frp->fr_win == wp;
|
|
|
|
FOR_ALL_FRAMES(p, frp->fr_child)
|
|
if (frame_has_win(p, wp))
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set a new height for a frame. Recursively sets the height for contained
|
|
* frames and windows. Caller must take care of positions.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
frame_new_height(
|
|
frame_T *topfrp,
|
|
int height,
|
|
int topfirst, // resize topmost contained frame first
|
|
int wfh) // obey 'winfixheight' when there is a choice;
|
|
// may cause the height not to be set
|
|
{
|
|
frame_T *frp;
|
|
int extra_lines;
|
|
int h;
|
|
|
|
if (topfrp->fr_win != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
// Simple case: just one window.
|
|
win_new_height(topfrp->fr_win,
|
|
height - topfrp->fr_win->w_status_height
|
|
- WINBAR_HEIGHT(topfrp->fr_win));
|
|
}
|
|
else if (topfrp->fr_layout == FR_ROW)
|
|
{
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
// All frames in this row get the same new height.
|
|
FOR_ALL_FRAMES(frp, topfrp->fr_child)
|
|
{
|
|
frame_new_height(frp, height, topfirst, wfh);
|
|
if (frp->fr_height > height)
|
|
{
|
|
// Could not fit the windows, make the whole row higher.
|
|
height = frp->fr_height;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
while (frp != NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
else // fr_layout == FR_COL
|
|
{
|
|
// Complicated case: Resize a column of frames. Resize the bottom
|
|
// frame first, frames above that when needed.
|
|
|
|
frp = topfrp->fr_child;
|
|
if (wfh)
|
|
// Advance past frames with one window with 'wfh' set.
|
|
while (frame_fixed_height(frp))
|
|
{
|
|
frp = frp->fr_next;
|
|
if (frp == NULL)
|
|
return; // no frame without 'wfh', give up
|
|
}
|
|
if (!topfirst)
|
|
{
|
|
// Find the bottom frame of this column
|
|
while (frp->fr_next != NULL)
|
|
frp = frp->fr_next;
|
|
if (wfh)
|
|
// Advance back for frames with one window with 'wfh' set.
|
|
while (frame_fixed_height(frp))
|
|
frp = frp->fr_prev;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
extra_lines = height - topfrp->fr_height;
|
|
if (extra_lines < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
// reduce height of contained frames, bottom or top frame first
|
|
while (frp != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
h = frame_minheight(frp, NULL);
|
|
if (frp->fr_height + extra_lines < h)
|
|
{
|
|
extra_lines += frp->fr_height - h;
|
|
frame_new_height(frp, h, topfirst, wfh);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
frame_new_height(frp, frp->fr_height + extra_lines,
|
|
topfirst, wfh);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (topfirst)
|
|
{
|
|
do
|
|
frp = frp->fr_next;
|
|
while (wfh && frp != NULL && frame_fixed_height(frp));
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
do
|
|
frp = frp->fr_prev;
|
|
while (wfh && frp != NULL && frame_fixed_height(frp));
|
|
}
|
|
// Increase "height" if we could not reduce enough frames.
|
|
if (frp == NULL)
|
|
height -= extra_lines;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (extra_lines > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
// increase height of bottom or top frame
|
|
frame_new_height(frp, frp->fr_height + extra_lines, topfirst, wfh);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
topfrp->fr_height = height;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE if height of frame "frp" should not be changed because of
|
|
* the 'winfixheight' option.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
frame_fixed_height(frame_T *frp)
|
|
{
|
|
// frame with one window: fixed height if 'winfixheight' set.
|
|
if (frp->fr_win != NULL)
|
|
return frp->fr_win->w_p_wfh;
|
|
|
|
if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW)
|
|
{
|
|
// The frame is fixed height if one of the frames in the row is fixed
|
|
// height.
|
|
FOR_ALL_FRAMES(frp, frp->fr_child)
|
|
if (frame_fixed_height(frp))
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// frp->fr_layout == FR_COL: The frame is fixed height if all of the
|
|
// frames in the row are fixed height.
|
|
FOR_ALL_FRAMES(frp, frp->fr_child)
|
|
if (!frame_fixed_height(frp))
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE if width of frame "frp" should not be changed because of
|
|
* the 'winfixwidth' option.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
frame_fixed_width(frame_T *frp)
|
|
{
|
|
// frame with one window: fixed width if 'winfixwidth' set.
|
|
if (frp->fr_win != NULL)
|
|
return frp->fr_win->w_p_wfw;
|
|
|
|
if (frp->fr_layout == FR_COL)
|
|
{
|
|
// The frame is fixed width if one of the frames in the row is fixed
|
|
// width.
|
|
FOR_ALL_FRAMES(frp, frp->fr_child)
|
|
if (frame_fixed_width(frp))
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW: The frame is fixed width if all of the
|
|
// frames in the row are fixed width.
|
|
FOR_ALL_FRAMES(frp, frp->fr_child)
|
|
if (!frame_fixed_width(frp))
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Add a status line to windows at the bottom of "frp".
|
|
* Note: Does not check if there is room!
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
frame_add_statusline(frame_T *frp)
|
|
{
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
|
|
if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF)
|
|
{
|
|
wp = frp->fr_win;
|
|
wp->w_status_height = STATUS_HEIGHT;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW)
|
|
{
|
|
// Handle all the frames in the row.
|
|
FOR_ALL_FRAMES(frp, frp->fr_child)
|
|
frame_add_statusline(frp);
|
|
}
|
|
else // frp->fr_layout == FR_COL
|
|
{
|
|
// Only need to handle the last frame in the column.
|
|
for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp->fr_next != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next)
|
|
;
|
|
frame_add_statusline(frp);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set width of a frame. Handles recursively going through contained frames.
|
|
* May remove separator line for windows at the right side (for win_close()).
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
frame_new_width(
|
|
frame_T *topfrp,
|
|
int width,
|
|
int leftfirst, // resize leftmost contained frame first
|
|
int wfw) // obey 'winfixwidth' when there is a choice;
|
|
// may cause the width not to be set
|
|
{
|
|
frame_T *frp;
|
|
int extra_cols;
|
|
int w;
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
|
|
if (topfrp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF)
|
|
{
|
|
// Simple case: just one window.
|
|
wp = topfrp->fr_win;
|
|
// Find out if there are any windows right of this one.
|
|
for (frp = topfrp; frp->fr_parent != NULL; frp = frp->fr_parent)
|
|
if (frp->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_ROW && frp->fr_next != NULL)
|
|
break;
|
|
if (frp->fr_parent == NULL)
|
|
wp->w_vsep_width = 0;
|
|
win_new_width(wp, width - wp->w_vsep_width);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (topfrp->fr_layout == FR_COL)
|
|
{
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
// All frames in this column get the same new width.
|
|
FOR_ALL_FRAMES(frp, topfrp->fr_child)
|
|
{
|
|
frame_new_width(frp, width, leftfirst, wfw);
|
|
if (frp->fr_width > width)
|
|
{
|
|
// Could not fit the windows, make whole column wider.
|
|
width = frp->fr_width;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} while (frp != NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
else // fr_layout == FR_ROW
|
|
{
|
|
// Complicated case: Resize a row of frames. Resize the rightmost
|
|
// frame first, frames left of it when needed.
|
|
|
|
frp = topfrp->fr_child;
|
|
if (wfw)
|
|
// Advance past frames with one window with 'wfw' set.
|
|
while (frame_fixed_width(frp))
|
|
{
|
|
frp = frp->fr_next;
|
|
if (frp == NULL)
|
|
return; // no frame without 'wfw', give up
|
|
}
|
|
if (!leftfirst)
|
|
{
|
|
// Find the rightmost frame of this row
|
|
while (frp->fr_next != NULL)
|
|
frp = frp->fr_next;
|
|
if (wfw)
|
|
// Advance back for frames with one window with 'wfw' set.
|
|
while (frame_fixed_width(frp))
|
|
frp = frp->fr_prev;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
extra_cols = width - topfrp->fr_width;
|
|
if (extra_cols < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
// reduce frame width, rightmost frame first
|
|
while (frp != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
w = frame_minwidth(frp, NULL);
|
|
if (frp->fr_width + extra_cols < w)
|
|
{
|
|
extra_cols += frp->fr_width - w;
|
|
frame_new_width(frp, w, leftfirst, wfw);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
frame_new_width(frp, frp->fr_width + extra_cols,
|
|
leftfirst, wfw);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (leftfirst)
|
|
{
|
|
do
|
|
frp = frp->fr_next;
|
|
while (wfw && frp != NULL && frame_fixed_width(frp));
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
do
|
|
frp = frp->fr_prev;
|
|
while (wfw && frp != NULL && frame_fixed_width(frp));
|
|
}
|
|
// Increase "width" if we could not reduce enough frames.
|
|
if (frp == NULL)
|
|
width -= extra_cols;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (extra_cols > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
// increase width of rightmost frame
|
|
frame_new_width(frp, frp->fr_width + extra_cols, leftfirst, wfw);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
topfrp->fr_width = width;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Add the vertical separator to windows at the right side of "frp".
|
|
* Note: Does not check if there is room!
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
frame_add_vsep(frame_T *frp)
|
|
{
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
|
|
if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF)
|
|
{
|
|
wp = frp->fr_win;
|
|
if (wp->w_vsep_width == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (wp->w_width > 0) // don't make it negative
|
|
--wp->w_width;
|
|
wp->w_vsep_width = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_COL)
|
|
{
|
|
// Handle all the frames in the column.
|
|
FOR_ALL_FRAMES(frp, frp->fr_child)
|
|
frame_add_vsep(frp);
|
|
}
|
|
else // frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW
|
|
{
|
|
// Only need to handle the last frame in the row.
|
|
frp = frp->fr_child;
|
|
while (frp->fr_next != NULL)
|
|
frp = frp->fr_next;
|
|
frame_add_vsep(frp);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set frame width from the window it contains.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
frame_fix_width(win_T *wp)
|
|
{
|
|
wp->w_frame->fr_width = wp->w_width + wp->w_vsep_width;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set frame height from the window it contains.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
frame_fix_height(win_T *wp)
|
|
{
|
|
wp->w_frame->fr_height = VISIBLE_HEIGHT(wp) + wp->w_status_height;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Compute the minimal height for frame "topfrp".
|
|
* Uses the 'winminheight' option.
|
|
* When "next_curwin" isn't NULL, use p_wh for this window.
|
|
* When "next_curwin" is NOWIN, don't use at least one line for the current
|
|
* window.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
frame_minheight(frame_T *topfrp, win_T *next_curwin)
|
|
{
|
|
frame_T *frp;
|
|
int m;
|
|
int n;
|
|
|
|
if (topfrp->fr_win != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (topfrp->fr_win == next_curwin)
|
|
m = p_wh + topfrp->fr_win->w_status_height;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// window: minimal height of the window plus status line
|
|
m = p_wmh + topfrp->fr_win->w_status_height;
|
|
if (topfrp->fr_win == curwin && next_curwin == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
// Current window is minimal one line high and WinBar is
|
|
// visible.
|
|
if (p_wmh == 0)
|
|
++m;
|
|
m += WINBAR_HEIGHT(curwin);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (topfrp->fr_layout == FR_ROW)
|
|
{
|
|
// get the minimal height from each frame in this row
|
|
m = 0;
|
|
FOR_ALL_FRAMES(frp, topfrp->fr_child)
|
|
{
|
|
n = frame_minheight(frp, next_curwin);
|
|
if (n > m)
|
|
m = n;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// Add up the minimal heights for all frames in this column.
|
|
m = 0;
|
|
FOR_ALL_FRAMES(frp, topfrp->fr_child)
|
|
m += frame_minheight(frp, next_curwin);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return m;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Compute the minimal width for frame "topfrp".
|
|
* When "next_curwin" isn't NULL, use p_wiw for this window.
|
|
* When "next_curwin" is NOWIN, don't use at least one column for the current
|
|
* window.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
frame_minwidth(
|
|
frame_T *topfrp,
|
|
win_T *next_curwin) // use p_wh and p_wiw for next_curwin
|
|
{
|
|
frame_T *frp;
|
|
int m, n;
|
|
|
|
if (topfrp->fr_win != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (topfrp->fr_win == next_curwin)
|
|
m = p_wiw + topfrp->fr_win->w_vsep_width;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// window: minimal width of the window plus separator column
|
|
m = p_wmw + topfrp->fr_win->w_vsep_width;
|
|
// Current window is minimal one column wide
|
|
if (p_wmw == 0 && topfrp->fr_win == curwin && next_curwin == NULL)
|
|
++m;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (topfrp->fr_layout == FR_COL)
|
|
{
|
|
// get the minimal width from each frame in this column
|
|
m = 0;
|
|
FOR_ALL_FRAMES(frp, topfrp->fr_child)
|
|
{
|
|
n = frame_minwidth(frp, next_curwin);
|
|
if (n > m)
|
|
m = n;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// Add up the minimal widths for all frames in this row.
|
|
m = 0;
|
|
FOR_ALL_FRAMES(frp, topfrp->fr_child)
|
|
m += frame_minwidth(frp, next_curwin);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return m;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Try to close all windows except current one.
|
|
* Buffers in the other windows become hidden if 'hidden' is set, or '!' is
|
|
* used and the buffer was modified.
|
|
*
|
|
* Used by ":bdel" and ":only".
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
close_others(
|
|
int message,
|
|
int forceit) // always hide all other windows
|
|
{
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
win_T *nextwp;
|
|
int r;
|
|
|
|
if (one_window())
|
|
{
|
|
if (message && !autocmd_busy)
|
|
msg(_(m_onlyone));
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Be very careful here: autocommands may change the window layout.
|
|
for (wp = firstwin; win_valid(wp); wp = nextwp)
|
|
{
|
|
nextwp = wp->w_next;
|
|
if (wp == curwin) // don't close current window
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
// autoccommands messed this one up
|
|
if (!buf_valid(wp->w_buffer) && win_valid(wp))
|
|
{
|
|
wp->w_buffer = NULL;
|
|
win_close(wp, 0);
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
// Check if it's allowed to abandon this window
|
|
r = can_abandon(wp->w_buffer, forceit);
|
|
if (!win_valid(wp)) // autocommands messed wp up
|
|
{
|
|
nextwp = firstwin;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
if (!r)
|
|
{
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG)
|
|
if (message && (p_confirm
|
|
|| (cmdmod.cmod_flags & CMOD_CONFIRM)) && p_write)
|
|
{
|
|
dialog_changed(wp->w_buffer, FALSE);
|
|
if (!win_valid(wp)) // autocommands messed wp up
|
|
{
|
|
nextwp = firstwin;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer))
|
|
#endif
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
win_close(wp, !buf_hide(wp->w_buffer) && !bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (message && !ONE_WINDOW)
|
|
emsg(_(e_other_window_contains_changes));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Store the relevant window pointers for tab page "tp". To be used before
|
|
* use_tabpage().
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
unuse_tabpage(tabpage_T *tp)
|
|
{
|
|
tp->tp_topframe = topframe;
|
|
tp->tp_firstwin = firstwin;
|
|
tp->tp_lastwin = lastwin;
|
|
tp->tp_curwin = curwin;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set the relevant pointers to use tab page "tp". May want to call
|
|
* unuse_tabpage() first.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
use_tabpage(tabpage_T *tp)
|
|
{
|
|
curtab = tp;
|
|
topframe = curtab->tp_topframe;
|
|
firstwin = curtab->tp_firstwin;
|
|
lastwin = curtab->tp_lastwin;
|
|
curwin = curtab->tp_curwin;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Allocate the first window and put an empty buffer in it.
|
|
* Called from main().
|
|
* Return FAIL when something goes wrong (out of memory).
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
win_alloc_first(void)
|
|
{
|
|
if (win_alloc_firstwin(NULL) == FAIL)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
|
|
first_tabpage = alloc_tabpage();
|
|
if (first_tabpage == NULL)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
curtab = first_tabpage;
|
|
unuse_tabpage(first_tabpage);
|
|
|
|
return OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Allocate and init a window that is not a regular window.
|
|
* This can only be done after the first window is fully initialized, thus it
|
|
* can't be in win_alloc_first().
|
|
*/
|
|
win_T *
|
|
win_alloc_popup_win(void)
|
|
{
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
|
|
wp = win_alloc(NULL, TRUE);
|
|
if (wp == NULL)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
// We need to initialize options with something, using the current
|
|
// window makes most sense.
|
|
win_init_some(wp, curwin);
|
|
|
|
RESET_BINDING(wp);
|
|
new_frame(wp);
|
|
return wp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Initialize window "wp" to display buffer "buf".
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
win_init_popup_win(win_T *wp, buf_T *buf)
|
|
{
|
|
wp->w_buffer = buf;
|
|
++buf->b_nwindows;
|
|
win_init_empty(wp); // set cursor and topline to safe values
|
|
|
|
// Make sure w_localdir is NULL to avoid a chdir() in win_enter_ext().
|
|
VIM_CLEAR(wp->w_localdir);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Allocate the first window or the first window in a new tab page.
|
|
* When "oldwin" is NULL create an empty buffer for it.
|
|
* When "oldwin" is not NULL copy info from it to the new window.
|
|
* Return FAIL when something goes wrong (out of memory).
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
win_alloc_firstwin(win_T *oldwin)
|
|
{
|
|
curwin = win_alloc(NULL, FALSE);
|
|
if (curwin == NULL)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
if (oldwin == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
// Very first window, need to create an empty buffer for it and
|
|
// initialize from scratch.
|
|
curbuf = buflist_new(NULL, NULL, 1L, BLN_LISTED);
|
|
if (curwin == NULL || curbuf == NULL)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
curwin->w_buffer = curbuf;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
curwin->w_s = &(curbuf->b_s);
|
|
#endif
|
|
curbuf->b_nwindows = 1; // there is one window
|
|
curwin->w_alist = &global_alist;
|
|
curwin_init(); // init current window
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// First window in new tab page, initialize it from "oldwin".
|
|
win_init(curwin, oldwin, 0);
|
|
|
|
// We don't want cursor- and scroll-binding in the first window.
|
|
RESET_BINDING(curwin);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
new_frame(curwin);
|
|
if (curwin->w_frame == NULL)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
topframe = curwin->w_frame;
|
|
topframe->fr_width = Columns;
|
|
topframe->fr_height = Rows - p_ch;
|
|
|
|
return OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Create a frame for window "wp".
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
new_frame(win_T *wp)
|
|
{
|
|
frame_T *frp = ALLOC_CLEAR_ONE(frame_T);
|
|
|
|
wp->w_frame = frp;
|
|
if (frp == NULL)
|
|
return;
|
|
frp->fr_layout = FR_LEAF;
|
|
frp->fr_win = wp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Initialize the window and frame size to the maximum.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
win_init_size(void)
|
|
{
|
|
firstwin->w_height = ROWS_AVAIL;
|
|
firstwin->w_prev_height = ROWS_AVAIL;
|
|
topframe->fr_height = ROWS_AVAIL;
|
|
firstwin->w_width = Columns;
|
|
topframe->fr_width = Columns;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Allocate a new tabpage_T and init the values.
|
|
* Returns NULL when out of memory.
|
|
*/
|
|
static tabpage_T *
|
|
alloc_tabpage(void)
|
|
{
|
|
tabpage_T *tp;
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
int i;
|
|
# endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
tp = ALLOC_CLEAR_ONE(tabpage_T);
|
|
if (tp == NULL)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
// init t: variables
|
|
tp->tp_vars = dict_alloc_id(aid_newtabpage_tvars);
|
|
if (tp->tp_vars == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_free(tp);
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
init_var_dict(tp->tp_vars, &tp->tp_winvar, VAR_SCOPE);
|
|
# endif
|
|
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
|
|
tp->tp_prev_which_scrollbars[i] = -1;
|
|
# endif
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
tp->tp_diff_invalid = TRUE;
|
|
# endif
|
|
tp->tp_ch_used = p_ch;
|
|
|
|
return tp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
free_tabpage(tabpage_T *tp)
|
|
{
|
|
int idx;
|
|
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
diff_clear(tp);
|
|
# endif
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_PROP_POPUP
|
|
while (tp->tp_first_popupwin != NULL)
|
|
popup_close_tabpage(tp, tp->tp_first_popupwin->w_id, TRUE);
|
|
#endif
|
|
for (idx = 0; idx < SNAP_COUNT; ++idx)
|
|
clear_snapshot(tp, idx);
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
vars_clear(&tp->tp_vars->dv_hashtab); // free all t: variables
|
|
hash_init(&tp->tp_vars->dv_hashtab);
|
|
unref_var_dict(tp->tp_vars);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if (tp == lastused_tabpage)
|
|
lastused_tabpage = NULL;
|
|
|
|
vim_free(tp->tp_localdir);
|
|
vim_free(tp->tp_prevdir);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_PYTHON
|
|
python_tabpage_free(tp);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_PYTHON3
|
|
python3_tabpage_free(tp);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
vim_free(tp);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Create a new Tab page with one window.
|
|
* It will edit the current buffer, like after ":split".
|
|
* When "after" is 0 put it just after the current Tab page.
|
|
* Otherwise put it just before tab page "after".
|
|
*
|
|
* Does not trigger WinNewPre, since the window structures
|
|
* are not completely setup yet and could cause dereferencing
|
|
* NULL pointers
|
|
*
|
|
* Return FAIL or OK.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
win_new_tabpage(int after)
|
|
{
|
|
tabpage_T *tp = curtab;
|
|
tabpage_T *prev_tp = curtab;
|
|
tabpage_T *newtp;
|
|
int n;
|
|
|
|
if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
emsg(_(e_invalid_in_cmdline_window));
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
if (window_layout_locked(CMD_tabnew))
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
|
|
newtp = alloc_tabpage();
|
|
if (newtp == NULL)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
|
|
// Remember the current windows in this Tab page.
|
|
if (leave_tabpage(curbuf, TRUE) == FAIL)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_free(newtp);
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
curtab = newtp;
|
|
|
|
newtp->tp_localdir = (tp->tp_localdir == NULL)
|
|
? NULL : vim_strsave(tp->tp_localdir);
|
|
|
|
// Create a new empty window.
|
|
if (win_alloc_firstwin(tp->tp_curwin) == OK)
|
|
{
|
|
// Make the new Tab page the new topframe.
|
|
if (after == 1)
|
|
{
|
|
// New tab page becomes the first one.
|
|
newtp->tp_next = first_tabpage;
|
|
first_tabpage = newtp;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (after > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
// Put new tab page before tab page "after".
|
|
n = 2;
|
|
for (tp = first_tabpage; tp->tp_next != NULL
|
|
&& n < after; tp = tp->tp_next)
|
|
++n;
|
|
}
|
|
newtp->tp_next = tp->tp_next;
|
|
tp->tp_next = newtp;
|
|
}
|
|
newtp->tp_firstwin = newtp->tp_lastwin = newtp->tp_curwin = curwin;
|
|
|
|
win_init_size();
|
|
firstwin->w_winrow = tabline_height();
|
|
firstwin->w_prev_winrow = firstwin->w_winrow;
|
|
win_comp_scroll(curwin);
|
|
|
|
newtp->tp_topframe = topframe;
|
|
last_status(FALSE);
|
|
|
|
lastused_tabpage = prev_tp;
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_GUI)
|
|
// When 'guioptions' includes 'L' or 'R' may have to remove or add
|
|
// scrollbars. Have to update them anyway.
|
|
gui_may_update_scrollbars();
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL
|
|
entering_window(curwin);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
redraw_all_later(UPD_NOT_VALID);
|
|
apply_autocmds(EVENT_WINNEW, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
apply_autocmds(EVENT_WINENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
apply_autocmds(EVENT_TABNEW, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
apply_autocmds(EVENT_TABENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
return OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Failed, get back the previous Tab page
|
|
enter_tabpage(curtab, curbuf, TRUE, TRUE);
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Open a new tab page if ":tab cmd" was used. It will edit the same buffer,
|
|
* like with ":split".
|
|
* Returns OK if a new tab page was created, FAIL otherwise.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
may_open_tabpage(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int n = (cmdmod.cmod_tab == 0)
|
|
? postponed_split_tab : cmdmod.cmod_tab;
|
|
|
|
if (n == 0)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
|
|
cmdmod.cmod_tab = 0; // reset it to avoid doing it twice
|
|
postponed_split_tab = 0;
|
|
return win_new_tabpage(n);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Create up to "maxcount" tabpages with empty windows.
|
|
* Returns the number of resulting tab pages.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
make_tabpages(int maxcount)
|
|
{
|
|
int count = maxcount;
|
|
int todo;
|
|
|
|
// Limit to 'tabpagemax' tabs.
|
|
if (count > p_tpm)
|
|
count = p_tpm;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Don't execute autocommands while creating the tab pages. Must do that
|
|
* when putting the buffers in the windows.
|
|
*/
|
|
block_autocmds();
|
|
|
|
for (todo = count - 1; todo > 0; --todo)
|
|
if (win_new_tabpage(0) == FAIL)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
unblock_autocmds();
|
|
|
|
// return actual number of tab pages
|
|
return (count - todo);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE when "tpc" points to a valid tab page.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
valid_tabpage(tabpage_T *tpc)
|
|
{
|
|
tabpage_T *tp;
|
|
|
|
FOR_ALL_TABPAGES(tp)
|
|
if (tp == tpc)
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE when "tpc" points to a valid tab page and at least one window is
|
|
* valid.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
valid_tabpage_win(tabpage_T *tpc)
|
|
{
|
|
tabpage_T *tp;
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
|
|
FOR_ALL_TABPAGES(tp)
|
|
{
|
|
if (tp == tpc)
|
|
{
|
|
FOR_ALL_WINDOWS_IN_TAB(tp, wp)
|
|
{
|
|
if (win_valid_any_tab(wp))
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// shouldn't happen
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Close tabpage "tab", assuming it has no windows in it.
|
|
* There must be another tabpage or this will crash.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
close_tabpage(tabpage_T *tab)
|
|
{
|
|
tabpage_T *ptp;
|
|
|
|
if (tab == first_tabpage)
|
|
{
|
|
first_tabpage = tab->tp_next;
|
|
ptp = first_tabpage;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
for (ptp = first_tabpage; ptp != NULL && ptp->tp_next != tab;
|
|
ptp = ptp->tp_next)
|
|
;
|
|
assert(ptp != NULL);
|
|
ptp->tp_next = tab->tp_next;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
goto_tabpage_tp(ptp, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
free_tabpage(tab);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find tab page "n" (first one is 1). Returns NULL when not found.
|
|
*/
|
|
tabpage_T *
|
|
find_tabpage(int n)
|
|
{
|
|
tabpage_T *tp;
|
|
int i = 1;
|
|
|
|
if (n == 0)
|
|
return curtab;
|
|
|
|
for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL && i != n; tp = tp->tp_next)
|
|
++i;
|
|
return tp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get index of tab page "tp". First one has index 1.
|
|
* When not found returns number of tab pages plus one.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
tabpage_index(tabpage_T *ftp)
|
|
{
|
|
int i = 1;
|
|
tabpage_T *tp;
|
|
|
|
for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL && tp != ftp; tp = tp->tp_next)
|
|
++i;
|
|
return i;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Prepare for leaving the current tab page.
|
|
* When autocommands change "curtab" we don't leave the tab page and return
|
|
* FAIL.
|
|
* Careful: When OK is returned need to get a new tab page very very soon!
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
leave_tabpage(
|
|
buf_T *new_curbuf, // what is going to be the new curbuf,
|
|
// NULL if unknown
|
|
int trigger_leave_autocmds)
|
|
{
|
|
tabpage_T *tp = curtab;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL
|
|
leaving_window(curwin);
|
|
#endif
|
|
reset_VIsual_and_resel(); // stop Visual mode
|
|
if (trigger_leave_autocmds)
|
|
{
|
|
if (new_curbuf != curbuf)
|
|
{
|
|
apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFLEAVE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
if (curtab != tp)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
apply_autocmds(EVENT_WINLEAVE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
if (curtab != tp)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
apply_autocmds(EVENT_TABLEAVE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
if (curtab != tp)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
reset_dragwin();
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_GUI)
|
|
// Remove the scrollbars. They may be added back later.
|
|
if (gui.in_use)
|
|
gui_remove_scrollbars();
|
|
#endif
|
|
tp->tp_curwin = curwin;
|
|
tp->tp_prevwin = prevwin;
|
|
tp->tp_firstwin = firstwin;
|
|
tp->tp_lastwin = lastwin;
|
|
tp->tp_old_Rows = Rows;
|
|
if (tp->tp_old_Columns != -1)
|
|
tp->tp_old_Columns = Columns;
|
|
firstwin = NULL;
|
|
lastwin = NULL;
|
|
return OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Start using tab page "tp".
|
|
* Only to be used after leave_tabpage() or freeing the current tab page.
|
|
* Only trigger *Enter autocommands when trigger_enter_autocmds is TRUE.
|
|
* Only trigger *Leave autocommands when trigger_leave_autocmds is TRUE.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
enter_tabpage(
|
|
tabpage_T *tp,
|
|
buf_T *old_curbuf,
|
|
int trigger_enter_autocmds,
|
|
int trigger_leave_autocmds)
|
|
{
|
|
int row;
|
|
int old_off = tp->tp_firstwin->w_winrow;
|
|
win_T *next_prevwin = tp->tp_prevwin;
|
|
tabpage_T *last_tab = curtab;
|
|
|
|
use_tabpage(tp);
|
|
|
|
// We would like doing the TabEnter event first, but we don't have a
|
|
// valid current window yet, which may break some commands.
|
|
// This triggers autocommands, thus may make "tp" invalid.
|
|
(void)win_enter_ext(tp->tp_curwin, WEE_CURWIN_INVALID
|
|
| (trigger_enter_autocmds ? WEE_TRIGGER_ENTER_AUTOCMDS : 0)
|
|
| (trigger_leave_autocmds ? WEE_TRIGGER_LEAVE_AUTOCMDS : 0));
|
|
prevwin = next_prevwin;
|
|
|
|
last_status(FALSE); // status line may appear or disappear
|
|
row = win_comp_pos(); // recompute w_winrow for all windows
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
diff_need_scrollbind = TRUE;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
// Use the stored value of p_ch, so that it can be different for each tab
|
|
// page.
|
|
if (p_ch != curtab->tp_ch_used)
|
|
clear_cmdline = TRUE;
|
|
p_ch = curtab->tp_ch_used;
|
|
|
|
// When cmdheight is changed in a tab page with '<C-w>-', cmdline_row is
|
|
// changed but p_ch and tp_ch_used are not changed. Thus we also need to
|
|
// check cmdline_row.
|
|
if (row < cmdline_row && cmdline_row <= Rows - p_ch)
|
|
clear_cmdline = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
// If there was a click in a window, it won't be usable for a following
|
|
// drag.
|
|
reset_dragwin();
|
|
|
|
// The tabpage line may have appeared or disappeared, may need to resize
|
|
// the frames for that. When the Vim window was resized need to update
|
|
// frame sizes too.
|
|
if (curtab->tp_old_Rows != Rows || (old_off != firstwin->w_winrow
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
|
|
&& !gui_use_tabline()
|
|
#endif
|
|
))
|
|
shell_new_rows();
|
|
if (curtab->tp_old_Columns != Columns)
|
|
{
|
|
if (starting == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
shell_new_columns(); // update window widths
|
|
curtab->tp_old_Columns = Columns;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
curtab->tp_old_Columns = -1; // update window widths later
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
lastused_tabpage = last_tab;
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_GUI)
|
|
// When 'guioptions' includes 'L' or 'R' may have to remove or add
|
|
// scrollbars. Have to update them anyway.
|
|
gui_may_update_scrollbars();
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
// Apply autocommands after updating the display, when 'rows' and
|
|
// 'columns' have been set correctly.
|
|
if (trigger_enter_autocmds)
|
|
{
|
|
apply_autocmds(EVENT_TABENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
if (old_curbuf != curbuf)
|
|
apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
redraw_all_later(UPD_NOT_VALID);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Go to tab page "n". For ":tab N" and "Ngt".
|
|
* When "n" is 9999 go to the last tab page.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
goto_tabpage(int n)
|
|
{
|
|
tabpage_T *tp = NULL; // shut up compiler
|
|
tabpage_T *ttp;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
if (text_locked())
|
|
{
|
|
// Not allowed when editing the command line.
|
|
text_locked_msg();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If there is only one it can't work.
|
|
if (first_tabpage->tp_next == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (n > 1)
|
|
beep_flush();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (n == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
// No count, go to next tab page, wrap around end.
|
|
if (curtab->tp_next == NULL)
|
|
tp = first_tabpage;
|
|
else
|
|
tp = curtab->tp_next;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (n < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
// "gT": go to previous tab page, wrap around end. "N gT" repeats
|
|
// this N times.
|
|
ttp = curtab;
|
|
for (i = n; i < 0; ++i)
|
|
{
|
|
for (tp = first_tabpage; tp->tp_next != ttp && tp->tp_next != NULL;
|
|
tp = tp->tp_next)
|
|
;
|
|
ttp = tp;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (n == 9999)
|
|
{
|
|
// Go to last tab page.
|
|
for (tp = first_tabpage; tp->tp_next != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next)
|
|
;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// Go to tab page "n".
|
|
tp = find_tabpage(n);
|
|
if (tp == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
beep_flush();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
goto_tabpage_tp(tp, TRUE, TRUE);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
|
|
if (gui_use_tabline())
|
|
gui_mch_set_curtab(tabpage_index(curtab));
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Go to tabpage "tp".
|
|
* Only trigger *Enter autocommands when trigger_enter_autocmds is TRUE.
|
|
* Only trigger *Leave autocommands when trigger_leave_autocmds is TRUE.
|
|
* Note: doesn't update the GUI tab.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
goto_tabpage_tp(
|
|
tabpage_T *tp,
|
|
int trigger_enter_autocmds,
|
|
int trigger_leave_autocmds)
|
|
{
|
|
if (trigger_enter_autocmds || trigger_leave_autocmds)
|
|
CHECK_CMDWIN;
|
|
|
|
// Don't repeat a message in another tab page.
|
|
set_keep_msg(NULL, 0);
|
|
|
|
skip_win_fix_scroll = TRUE;
|
|
if (tp != curtab && leave_tabpage(tp->tp_curwin->w_buffer,
|
|
trigger_leave_autocmds) == OK)
|
|
{
|
|
if (valid_tabpage(tp))
|
|
enter_tabpage(tp, curbuf, trigger_enter_autocmds,
|
|
trigger_leave_autocmds);
|
|
else
|
|
enter_tabpage(curtab, curbuf, trigger_enter_autocmds,
|
|
trigger_leave_autocmds);
|
|
}
|
|
skip_win_fix_scroll = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Go to the last accessed tab page, if there is one.
|
|
* Return OK or FAIL
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
goto_tabpage_lastused(void)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!valid_tabpage(lastused_tabpage))
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
|
|
goto_tabpage_tp(lastused_tabpage, TRUE, TRUE);
|
|
return OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Enter window "wp" in tab page "tp".
|
|
* Also updates the GUI tab.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
goto_tabpage_win(tabpage_T *tp, win_T *wp)
|
|
{
|
|
goto_tabpage_tp(tp, TRUE, TRUE);
|
|
if (curtab == tp && win_valid(wp))
|
|
{
|
|
win_enter(wp, TRUE);
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
|
|
if (gui_use_tabline())
|
|
gui_mch_set_curtab(tabpage_index(curtab));
|
|
# endif
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Move the current tab page to after tab page "nr".
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
tabpage_move(int nr)
|
|
{
|
|
int n = 1;
|
|
tabpage_T *tp, *tp_dst;
|
|
|
|
if (first_tabpage->tp_next == NULL)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if (tabpage_move_disallowed)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
for (tp = first_tabpage; tp->tp_next != NULL && n < nr; tp = tp->tp_next)
|
|
++n;
|
|
|
|
if (tp == curtab || (nr > 0 && tp->tp_next != NULL
|
|
&& tp->tp_next == curtab))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
tp_dst = tp;
|
|
|
|
// Remove the current tab page from the list of tab pages.
|
|
if (curtab == first_tabpage)
|
|
first_tabpage = curtab->tp_next;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
FOR_ALL_TABPAGES(tp)
|
|
if (tp->tp_next == curtab)
|
|
break;
|
|
if (tp == NULL) // "cannot happen"
|
|
return;
|
|
tp->tp_next = curtab->tp_next;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Re-insert it at the specified position.
|
|
if (nr <= 0)
|
|
{
|
|
curtab->tp_next = first_tabpage;
|
|
first_tabpage = curtab;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
curtab->tp_next = tp_dst->tp_next;
|
|
tp_dst->tp_next = curtab;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Need to redraw the tabline. Tab page contents doesn't change.
|
|
redraw_tabline = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Go to another window.
|
|
* When jumping to another buffer, stop Visual mode. Do this before
|
|
* changing windows so we can yank the selection into the '*' register.
|
|
* (note: this may trigger ModeChanged autocommand!)
|
|
* When jumping to another window on the same buffer, adjust its cursor
|
|
* position to keep the same Visual area.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
win_goto(win_T *wp)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL
|
|
win_T *owp = curwin;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_PROP_POPUP
|
|
if (ERROR_IF_ANY_POPUP_WINDOW)
|
|
return;
|
|
if (popup_is_popup(wp))
|
|
{
|
|
emsg(_(e_not_allowed_to_enter_popup_window));
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (text_or_buf_locked())
|
|
{
|
|
beep_flush();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (wp->w_buffer != curbuf)
|
|
// careful: triggers ModeChanged autocommand
|
|
reset_VIsual_and_resel();
|
|
else if (VIsual_active)
|
|
wp->w_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
|
// autocommand may have made wp invalid
|
|
if (!win_valid(wp))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
need_mouse_correct = TRUE;
|
|
#endif
|
|
win_enter(wp, TRUE);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL
|
|
// Conceal cursor line in previous window, unconceal in current window.
|
|
if (win_valid(owp) && owp->w_p_cole > 0 && !msg_scrolled)
|
|
redrawWinline(owp, owp->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0 && !msg_scrolled)
|
|
need_cursor_line_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_PERL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find window number "winnr" (counting top to bottom).
|
|
*/
|
|
win_T *
|
|
win_find_nr(int winnr)
|
|
{
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
|
|
FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
if (--winnr == 0)
|
|
break;
|
|
return wp;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if ((defined(FEAT_PYTHON) || defined(FEAT_PYTHON3))) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find the tabpage for window "win".
|
|
*/
|
|
tabpage_T *
|
|
win_find_tabpage(win_T *win)
|
|
{
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
tabpage_T *tp;
|
|
|
|
FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
|
|
if (wp == win)
|
|
return tp;
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get the above or below neighbor window of the specified window.
|
|
* up - TRUE for the above neighbor
|
|
* count - nth neighbor window
|
|
* Returns the specified window if the neighbor is not found.
|
|
*/
|
|
win_T *
|
|
win_vert_neighbor(tabpage_T *tp, win_T *wp, int up, long count)
|
|
{
|
|
frame_T *fr;
|
|
frame_T *nfr;
|
|
frame_T *foundfr;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_PROP_POPUP
|
|
if (popup_is_popup(wp))
|
|
// popups don't have neighbors.
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
#endif
|
|
foundfr = wp->w_frame;
|
|
while (count--)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* First go upwards in the tree of frames until we find a upwards or
|
|
* downwards neighbor.
|
|
*/
|
|
fr = foundfr;
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
if (fr == tp->tp_topframe)
|
|
goto end;
|
|
if (up)
|
|
nfr = fr->fr_prev;
|
|
else
|
|
nfr = fr->fr_next;
|
|
if (fr->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL && nfr != NULL)
|
|
break;
|
|
fr = fr->fr_parent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now go downwards to find the bottom or top frame in it.
|
|
*/
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
if (nfr->fr_layout == FR_LEAF)
|
|
{
|
|
foundfr = nfr;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
fr = nfr->fr_child;
|
|
if (nfr->fr_layout == FR_ROW)
|
|
{
|
|
// Find the frame at the cursor row.
|
|
while (fr->fr_next != NULL
|
|
&& frame2win(fr)->w_wincol + fr->fr_width
|
|
<= wp->w_wincol + wp->w_wcol)
|
|
fr = fr->fr_next;
|
|
}
|
|
if (nfr->fr_layout == FR_COL && up)
|
|
while (fr->fr_next != NULL)
|
|
fr = fr->fr_next;
|
|
nfr = fr;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
end:
|
|
return foundfr != NULL ? foundfr->fr_win : NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Move to window above or below "count" times.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
win_goto_ver(
|
|
int up, // TRUE to go to win above
|
|
long count)
|
|
{
|
|
win_T *win;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_PROP_POPUP
|
|
if (ERROR_IF_TERM_POPUP_WINDOW)
|
|
return;
|
|
#endif
|
|
win = win_vert_neighbor(curtab, curwin, up, count);
|
|
if (win != NULL)
|
|
win_goto(win);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get the left or right neighbor window of the specified window.
|
|
* left - TRUE for the left neighbor
|
|
* count - nth neighbor window
|
|
* Returns the specified window if the neighbor is not found.
|
|
*/
|
|
win_T *
|
|
win_horz_neighbor(tabpage_T *tp, win_T *wp, int left, long count)
|
|
{
|
|
frame_T *fr;
|
|
frame_T *nfr;
|
|
frame_T *foundfr;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_PROP_POPUP
|
|
if (popup_is_popup(wp))
|
|
// popups don't have neighbors.
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
#endif
|
|
foundfr = wp->w_frame;
|
|
while (count--)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* First go upwards in the tree of frames until we find a left or
|
|
* right neighbor.
|
|
*/
|
|
fr = foundfr;
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
if (fr == tp->tp_topframe)
|
|
goto end;
|
|
if (left)
|
|
nfr = fr->fr_prev;
|
|
else
|
|
nfr = fr->fr_next;
|
|
if (fr->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_ROW && nfr != NULL)
|
|
break;
|
|
fr = fr->fr_parent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now go downwards to find the leftmost or rightmost frame in it.
|
|
*/
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
if (nfr->fr_layout == FR_LEAF)
|
|
{
|
|
foundfr = nfr;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
fr = nfr->fr_child;
|
|
if (nfr->fr_layout == FR_COL)
|
|
{
|
|
// Find the frame at the cursor row.
|
|
while (fr->fr_next != NULL
|
|
&& frame2win(fr)->w_winrow + fr->fr_height
|
|
<= wp->w_winrow + wp->w_wrow)
|
|
fr = fr->fr_next;
|
|
}
|
|
if (nfr->fr_layout == FR_ROW && left)
|
|
while (fr->fr_next != NULL)
|
|
fr = fr->fr_next;
|
|
nfr = fr;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
end:
|
|
return foundfr != NULL ? foundfr->fr_win : NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Move to left or right window.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
win_goto_hor(
|
|
int left, // TRUE to go to left win
|
|
long count)
|
|
{
|
|
win_T *win;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_PROP_POPUP
|
|
if (ERROR_IF_TERM_POPUP_WINDOW)
|
|
return;
|
|
#endif
|
|
win = win_horz_neighbor(curtab, curwin, left, count);
|
|
if (win != NULL)
|
|
win_goto(win);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Make window "wp" the current window.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
win_enter(win_T *wp, int undo_sync)
|
|
{
|
|
(void)win_enter_ext(wp, (undo_sync ? WEE_UNDO_SYNC : 0)
|
|
| WEE_TRIGGER_ENTER_AUTOCMDS | WEE_TRIGGER_LEAVE_AUTOCMDS);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Used after making another window the current one: change directory if
|
|
* needed.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
win_fix_current_dir(void)
|
|
{
|
|
if (curwin->w_localdir != NULL || curtab->tp_localdir != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *dirname;
|
|
|
|
// Window or tab has a local directory: Save current directory as
|
|
// global directory (unless that was done already) and change to the
|
|
// local directory.
|
|
if (globaldir == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u cwd[MAXPATHL];
|
|
|
|
if (mch_dirname(cwd, MAXPATHL) == OK)
|
|
globaldir = vim_strsave(cwd);
|
|
}
|
|
if (curwin->w_localdir != NULL)
|
|
dirname = curwin->w_localdir;
|
|
else
|
|
dirname = curtab->tp_localdir;
|
|
|
|
if (mch_chdir((char *)dirname) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
last_chdir_reason = NULL;
|
|
shorten_fnames(TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (globaldir != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
// Window doesn't have a local directory and we are not in the global
|
|
// directory: Change to the global directory.
|
|
vim_ignored = mch_chdir((char *)globaldir);
|
|
VIM_CLEAR(globaldir);
|
|
last_chdir_reason = NULL;
|
|
shorten_fnames(TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Make window "wp" the current window.
|
|
* Can be called with "flags" containing WEE_CURWIN_INVALID, which means that
|
|
* curwin has just been closed and isn't valid.
|
|
* Returns TRUE when dont_parse_messages was decremented.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
win_enter_ext(win_T *wp, int flags)
|
|
{
|
|
int other_buffer = FALSE;
|
|
int curwin_invalid = (flags & WEE_CURWIN_INVALID);
|
|
int did_decrement = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if (wp == curwin && curwin_invalid == 0) // nothing to do
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL
|
|
if (curwin_invalid == 0)
|
|
leaving_window(curwin);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if (curwin_invalid == 0 && (flags & WEE_TRIGGER_LEAVE_AUTOCMDS))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Be careful: If autocommands delete the window, return now.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (wp->w_buffer != curbuf)
|
|
{
|
|
apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFLEAVE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
other_buffer = TRUE;
|
|
if (!win_valid(wp))
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
apply_autocmds(EVENT_WINLEAVE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
if (!win_valid(wp))
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
// autocmds may abort script processing
|
|
if (aborting())
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// sync undo before leaving the current buffer
|
|
if ((flags & WEE_UNDO_SYNC) && curbuf != wp->w_buffer)
|
|
u_sync(FALSE);
|
|
|
|
// Might need to scroll the old window before switching, e.g., when the
|
|
// cursor was moved.
|
|
if (*p_spk == 'c' && curwin_invalid == 0)
|
|
update_topline();
|
|
|
|
// may have to copy the buffer options when 'cpo' contains 'S'
|
|
if (wp->w_buffer != curbuf)
|
|
buf_copy_options(wp->w_buffer, BCO_ENTER | BCO_NOHELP);
|
|
if (curwin_invalid == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
prevwin = curwin; // remember for CTRL-W p
|
|
curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
curwin = wp;
|
|
curbuf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
check_cursor();
|
|
if (!virtual_active())
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
if (*p_spk == 'c') // assume cursor position needs updating
|
|
changed_line_abv_curs();
|
|
else
|
|
// Make sure the cursor position is valid, either by moving the cursor
|
|
// or by scrolling the text.
|
|
win_fix_cursor(
|
|
get_real_state() & (MODE_NORMAL|MODE_CMDLINE|MODE_TERMINAL));
|
|
|
|
// Now it is OK to parse messages again, which may be needed in
|
|
// autocommands.
|
|
#ifdef MESSAGE_QUEUE
|
|
if (flags & WEE_ALLOW_PARSE_MESSAGES)
|
|
{
|
|
--dont_parse_messages;
|
|
did_decrement = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
win_fix_current_dir();
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL
|
|
entering_window(curwin);
|
|
#endif
|
|
// Careful: autocommands may close the window and make "wp" invalid
|
|
if (flags & WEE_TRIGGER_NEW_AUTOCMDS)
|
|
apply_autocmds(EVENT_WINNEW, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
if (flags & WEE_TRIGGER_ENTER_AUTOCMDS)
|
|
{
|
|
apply_autocmds(EVENT_WINENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
if (other_buffer)
|
|
apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
maketitle();
|
|
curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL
|
|
if (bt_terminal(curwin->w_buffer))
|
|
// terminal is likely in another mode
|
|
redraw_mode = TRUE;
|
|
#endif
|
|
redraw_tabline = TRUE;
|
|
if (restart_edit)
|
|
redraw_later(UPD_VALID); // causes status line redraw
|
|
|
|
// set window height to desired minimal value
|
|
if (curwin->w_height < p_wh && !curwin->w_p_wfh
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_PROP_POPUP
|
|
&& !popup_is_popup(curwin)
|
|
#endif
|
|
)
|
|
win_setheight((int)p_wh);
|
|
else if (curwin->w_height == 0)
|
|
win_setheight(1);
|
|
|
|
// set window width to desired minimal value
|
|
if (curwin->w_width < p_wiw && !curwin->w_p_wfw)
|
|
win_setwidth((int)p_wiw);
|
|
|
|
setmouse(); // in case jumped to/from help buffer
|
|
|
|
// Change directories when the 'acd' option is set.
|
|
DO_AUTOCHDIR;
|
|
|
|
return did_decrement;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Jump to the first open window that contains buffer "buf", if one exists.
|
|
* Returns a pointer to the window found, otherwise NULL.
|
|
*/
|
|
win_T *
|
|
buf_jump_open_win(buf_T *buf)
|
|
{
|
|
win_T *wp = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (curwin->w_buffer == buf)
|
|
wp = curwin;
|
|
else
|
|
FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
if (wp->w_buffer == buf)
|
|
break;
|
|
if (wp != NULL)
|
|
win_enter(wp, FALSE);
|
|
return wp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Jump to the first open window in any tab page that contains buffer "buf",
|
|
* if one exists. First search in the windows present in the current tab page.
|
|
* Returns a pointer to the window found, otherwise NULL.
|
|
*/
|
|
win_T *
|
|
buf_jump_open_tab(buf_T *buf)
|
|
{
|
|
win_T *wp = buf_jump_open_win(buf);
|
|
tabpage_T *tp;
|
|
|
|
if (wp != NULL)
|
|
return wp;
|
|
|
|
FOR_ALL_TABPAGES(tp)
|
|
if (tp != curtab)
|
|
{
|
|
FOR_ALL_WINDOWS_IN_TAB(tp, wp)
|
|
if (wp->w_buffer == buf)
|
|
break;
|
|
if (wp != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
goto_tabpage_win(tp, wp);
|
|
if (curwin != wp)
|
|
wp = NULL; // something went wrong
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return wp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int last_win_id = LOWEST_WIN_ID - 1;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Allocate a window structure and link it in the window list when "hidden" is
|
|
* FALSE.
|
|
*/
|
|
static win_T *
|
|
win_alloc(win_T *after, int hidden)
|
|
{
|
|
win_T *new_wp;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* allocate window structure and linesizes arrays
|
|
*/
|
|
new_wp = ALLOC_CLEAR_ONE(win_T);
|
|
if (new_wp == NULL)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (win_alloc_lines(new_wp) == FAIL)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_free(new_wp);
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
new_wp->w_id = ++last_win_id;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
// init w: variables
|
|
new_wp->w_vars = dict_alloc_id(aid_newwin_wvars);
|
|
if (new_wp->w_vars == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
win_free_lsize(new_wp);
|
|
vim_free(new_wp);
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
init_var_dict(new_wp->w_vars, &new_wp->w_winvar, VAR_SCOPE);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
// Don't execute autocommands while the window is not properly
|
|
// initialized yet. gui_create_scrollbar() may trigger a FocusGained
|
|
// event.
|
|
block_autocmds();
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* link the window in the window list
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!hidden)
|
|
win_append(after, new_wp);
|
|
new_wp->w_wincol = 0;
|
|
new_wp->w_width = Columns;
|
|
|
|
// position the display and the cursor at the top of the file.
|
|
new_wp->w_topline = 1;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
new_wp->w_topfill = 0;
|
|
#endif
|
|
new_wp->w_botline = 2;
|
|
new_wp->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
|
|
new_wp->w_scbind_pos = 1;
|
|
|
|
// use global option value for global-local options
|
|
new_wp->w_allbuf_opt.wo_so = new_wp->w_p_so = -1;
|
|
new_wp->w_allbuf_opt.wo_siso = new_wp->w_p_siso = -1;
|
|
|
|
// We won't calculate w_fraction until resizing the window
|
|
new_wp->w_fraction = 0;
|
|
new_wp->w_prev_fraction_row = -1;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
if (gui.in_use)
|
|
{
|
|
gui_create_scrollbar(&new_wp->w_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT],
|
|
SBAR_LEFT, new_wp);
|
|
gui_create_scrollbar(&new_wp->w_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT],
|
|
SBAR_RIGHT, new_wp);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
foldInitWin(new_wp);
|
|
#endif
|
|
unblock_autocmds();
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
|
|
new_wp->w_next_match_id = 1000; // up to 1000 can be picked by the user
|
|
#endif
|
|
return new_wp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Remove window 'wp' from the window list and free the structure.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
win_free(
|
|
win_T *wp,
|
|
tabpage_T *tp) // tab page "win" is in, NULL for current
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
buf_T *buf;
|
|
wininfo_T *wip;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
clearFolding(wp);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
// reduce the reference count to the argument list.
|
|
alist_unlink(wp->w_alist);
|
|
|
|
// Don't execute autocommands while the window is halfway being deleted.
|
|
// gui_mch_destroy_scrollbar() may trigger a FocusGained event.
|
|
block_autocmds();
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_LUA
|
|
lua_window_free(wp);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MZSCHEME
|
|
mzscheme_window_free(wp);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_PERL
|
|
perl_win_free(wp);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_PYTHON
|
|
python_window_free(wp);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_PYTHON3
|
|
python3_window_free(wp);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_TCL
|
|
tcl_window_free(wp);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_RUBY
|
|
ruby_window_free(wp);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
clear_winopt(&wp->w_onebuf_opt);
|
|
clear_winopt(&wp->w_allbuf_opt);
|
|
|
|
vim_free(wp->w_lcs_chars.multispace);
|
|
vim_free(wp->w_lcs_chars.leadmultispace);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
vars_clear(&wp->w_vars->dv_hashtab); // free all w: variables
|
|
hash_init(&wp->w_vars->dv_hashtab);
|
|
unref_var_dict(wp->w_vars);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
tabpage_T *ttp;
|
|
|
|
if (prevwin == wp)
|
|
prevwin = NULL;
|
|
FOR_ALL_TABPAGES(ttp)
|
|
if (ttp->tp_prevwin == wp)
|
|
ttp->tp_prevwin = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
win_free_lsize(wp);
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < wp->w_tagstacklen; ++i)
|
|
tagstack_clear_entry(&wp->w_tagstack[i]);
|
|
vim_free(wp->w_localdir);
|
|
vim_free(wp->w_prevdir);
|
|
|
|
// Remove the window from the b_wininfo lists, it may happen that the
|
|
// freed memory is re-used for another window.
|
|
FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf)
|
|
FOR_ALL_BUF_WININFO(buf, wip)
|
|
if (wip->wi_win == wp)
|
|
{
|
|
wininfo_T *wip2;
|
|
|
|
// If there already is an entry with "wi_win" set to NULL it
|
|
// must be removed, it would never be used.
|
|
// Skip "wip" itself, otherwise Coverity complains.
|
|
FOR_ALL_BUF_WININFO(buf, wip2)
|
|
if (wip2 != wip && wip2->wi_win == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (wip2->wi_next != NULL)
|
|
wip2->wi_next->wi_prev = wip2->wi_prev;
|
|
if (wip2->wi_prev == NULL)
|
|
buf->b_wininfo = wip2->wi_next;
|
|
else
|
|
wip2->wi_prev->wi_next = wip2->wi_next;
|
|
free_wininfo(wip2);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wip->wi_win = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
|
|
clear_matches(wp);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
free_jumplist(wp);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
|
|
qf_free_all(wp);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
if (gui.in_use)
|
|
{
|
|
gui_mch_destroy_scrollbar(&wp->w_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]);
|
|
gui_mch_destroy_scrollbar(&wp->w_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT]);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif // FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
remove_winbar(wp);
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_PROP_POPUP
|
|
free_callback(&wp->w_close_cb);
|
|
free_callback(&wp->w_filter_cb);
|
|
for (i = 0; i < 4; ++i)
|
|
VIM_CLEAR(wp->w_border_highlight[i]);
|
|
vim_free(wp->w_scrollbar_highlight);
|
|
vim_free(wp->w_thumb_highlight);
|
|
vim_free(wp->w_popup_title);
|
|
list_unref(wp->w_popup_mask);
|
|
vim_free(wp->w_popup_mask_cells);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
vim_free(wp->w_p_cc_cols);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if (win_valid_any_tab(wp))
|
|
win_remove(wp, tp);
|
|
if (autocmd_busy)
|
|
{
|
|
wp->w_next = au_pending_free_win;
|
|
au_pending_free_win = wp;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
vim_free(wp);
|
|
|
|
unblock_autocmds();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE if "wp" is not in the list of windows: the autocmd window or a
|
|
* popup window.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
win_unlisted(win_T *wp)
|
|
{
|
|
return is_aucmd_win(wp) || WIN_IS_POPUP(wp);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_PROP_POPUP) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
/*
|
|
* Free a popup window. This does not take the window out of the window list
|
|
* and assumes there is only one toplevel frame, no split.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
win_free_popup(win_T *win)
|
|
{
|
|
if (win->w_buffer != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (bt_popup(win->w_buffer))
|
|
win_close_buffer(win, DOBUF_WIPE_REUSE, FALSE);
|
|
else
|
|
close_buffer(win, win->w_buffer, 0, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
# if defined(FEAT_TIMERS)
|
|
// the timer may have been cleared, making the pointer invalid
|
|
if (timer_valid(win->w_popup_timer))
|
|
stop_timer(win->w_popup_timer);
|
|
# endif
|
|
vim_free(win->w_frame);
|
|
win_free(win, NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Append window "wp" in the window list after window "after".
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
win_append(win_T *after, win_T *wp)
|
|
{
|
|
win_T *before;
|
|
|
|
if (after == NULL) // after NULL is in front of the first
|
|
before = firstwin;
|
|
else
|
|
before = after->w_next;
|
|
|
|
wp->w_next = before;
|
|
wp->w_prev = after;
|
|
if (after == NULL)
|
|
firstwin = wp;
|
|
else
|
|
after->w_next = wp;
|
|
if (before == NULL)
|
|
lastwin = wp;
|
|
else
|
|
before->w_prev = wp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Remove a window from the window list.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
win_remove(
|
|
win_T *wp,
|
|
tabpage_T *tp) // tab page "win" is in, NULL for current
|
|
{
|
|
if (wp->w_prev != NULL)
|
|
wp->w_prev->w_next = wp->w_next;
|
|
else if (tp == NULL)
|
|
firstwin = curtab->tp_firstwin = wp->w_next;
|
|
else
|
|
tp->tp_firstwin = wp->w_next;
|
|
|
|
if (wp->w_next != NULL)
|
|
wp->w_next->w_prev = wp->w_prev;
|
|
else if (tp == NULL)
|
|
lastwin = curtab->tp_lastwin = wp->w_prev;
|
|
else
|
|
tp->tp_lastwin = wp->w_prev;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Append frame "frp" in a frame list after frame "after".
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
frame_append(frame_T *after, frame_T *frp)
|
|
{
|
|
frp->fr_next = after->fr_next;
|
|
after->fr_next = frp;
|
|
if (frp->fr_next != NULL)
|
|
frp->fr_next->fr_prev = frp;
|
|
frp->fr_prev = after;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Insert frame "frp" in a frame list before frame "before".
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
frame_insert(frame_T *before, frame_T *frp)
|
|
{
|
|
frp->fr_next = before;
|
|
frp->fr_prev = before->fr_prev;
|
|
before->fr_prev = frp;
|
|
if (frp->fr_prev != NULL)
|
|
frp->fr_prev->fr_next = frp;
|
|
else
|
|
frp->fr_parent->fr_child = frp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Remove a frame from a frame list.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
frame_remove(frame_T *frp)
|
|
{
|
|
if (frp->fr_prev != NULL)
|
|
frp->fr_prev->fr_next = frp->fr_next;
|
|
else
|
|
frp->fr_parent->fr_child = frp->fr_next;
|
|
if (frp->fr_next != NULL)
|
|
frp->fr_next->fr_prev = frp->fr_prev;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Allocate w_lines[] for window "wp".
|
|
* Return FAIL for failure, OK for success.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
win_alloc_lines(win_T *wp)
|
|
{
|
|
wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
|
|
wp->w_lines = ALLOC_CLEAR_MULT(wline_T, Rows);
|
|
if (wp->w_lines == NULL)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
return OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* free lsize arrays for a window
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
win_free_lsize(win_T *wp)
|
|
{
|
|
// TODO: why would wp be NULL here?
|
|
if (wp != NULL)
|
|
VIM_CLEAR(wp->w_lines);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Called from win_new_shellsize() after Rows changed.
|
|
* This only does the current tab page, others must be done when made active.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
shell_new_rows(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int h = (int)ROWS_AVAIL;
|
|
|
|
if (firstwin == NULL) // not initialized yet
|
|
return;
|
|
if (h < frame_minheight(topframe, NULL))
|
|
h = frame_minheight(topframe, NULL);
|
|
|
|
// First try setting the heights of windows with 'winfixheight'. If
|
|
// that doesn't result in the right height, forget about that option.
|
|
frame_new_height(topframe, h, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
if (!frame_check_height(topframe, h))
|
|
frame_new_height(topframe, h, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
|
(void)win_comp_pos(); // recompute w_winrow and w_wincol
|
|
compute_cmdrow();
|
|
curtab->tp_ch_used = p_ch;
|
|
|
|
if (!skip_win_fix_scroll)
|
|
win_fix_scroll(TRUE);
|
|
|
|
#if 0
|
|
// Disabled: don't want making the screen smaller make a window larger.
|
|
if (p_ea)
|
|
win_equal(curwin, FALSE, 'v');
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Called from win_new_shellsize() after Columns changed.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
shell_new_columns(void)
|
|
{
|
|
if (firstwin == NULL) // not initialized yet
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// First try setting the widths of windows with 'winfixwidth'. If that
|
|
// doesn't result in the right width, forget about that option.
|
|
frame_new_width(topframe, (int)Columns, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
if (!frame_check_width(topframe, Columns))
|
|
frame_new_width(topframe, (int)Columns, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
|
(void)win_comp_pos(); // recompute w_winrow and w_wincol
|
|
#if 0
|
|
// Disabled: don't want making the screen smaller make a window larger.
|
|
if (p_ea)
|
|
win_equal(curwin, FALSE, 'h');
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Save the size of all windows in "gap".
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
win_size_save(garray_T *gap)
|
|
{
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
|
|
ga_init2(gap, sizeof(int), 1);
|
|
if (ga_grow(gap, win_count() * 2 + 1) == FAIL)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// first entry is the total lines available for windows
|
|
((int *)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = ROWS_AVAIL - last_stl_height(FALSE);
|
|
|
|
FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
{
|
|
((int *)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] =
|
|
wp->w_width + wp->w_vsep_width;
|
|
((int *)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = wp->w_height;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Restore window sizes, but only if the number of windows is still the same
|
|
* and total lines available for windows didn't change.
|
|
* Does not free the growarray.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
win_size_restore(garray_T *gap)
|
|
{
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
int i, j;
|
|
|
|
if (win_count() * 2 + 1 == gap->ga_len
|
|
&& ((int *)gap->ga_data)[0] == ROWS_AVAIL - last_stl_height(FALSE))
|
|
{
|
|
// The order matters, because frames contain other frames, but it's
|
|
// difficult to get right. The easy way out is to do it twice.
|
|
for (j = 0; j < 2; ++j)
|
|
{
|
|
i = 1;
|
|
FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
{
|
|
frame_setwidth(wp->w_frame, ((int *)gap->ga_data)[i++]);
|
|
win_setheight_win(((int *)gap->ga_data)[i++], wp);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// recompute the window positions
|
|
(void)win_comp_pos();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Update the position for all windows, using the width and height of the
|
|
* frames.
|
|
* Returns the row just after the last window.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
win_comp_pos(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int row = tabline_height();
|
|
int col = 0;
|
|
|
|
frame_comp_pos(topframe, &row, &col);
|
|
return row;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Update the position of the windows in frame "topfrp", using the width and
|
|
* height of the frames.
|
|
* "*row" and "*col" are the top-left position of the frame. They are updated
|
|
* to the bottom-right position plus one.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
frame_comp_pos(frame_T *topfrp, int *row, int *col)
|
|
{
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
frame_T *frp;
|
|
int startcol;
|
|
int startrow;
|
|
int h;
|
|
|
|
wp = topfrp->fr_win;
|
|
if (wp != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (wp->w_winrow != *row || wp->w_wincol != *col)
|
|
{
|
|
// position changed, redraw
|
|
wp->w_winrow = *row;
|
|
wp->w_wincol = *col;
|
|
redraw_win_later(wp, UPD_NOT_VALID);
|
|
wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
// WinBar will not show if the window height is zero
|
|
h = VISIBLE_HEIGHT(wp) + wp->w_status_height;
|
|
*row += h > topfrp->fr_height ? topfrp->fr_height : h;
|
|
*col += wp->w_width + wp->w_vsep_width;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
startrow = *row;
|
|
startcol = *col;
|
|
FOR_ALL_FRAMES(frp, topfrp->fr_child)
|
|
{
|
|
if (topfrp->fr_layout == FR_ROW)
|
|
*row = startrow; // all frames are at the same row
|
|
else
|
|
*col = startcol; // all frames are at the same col
|
|
frame_comp_pos(frp, row, col);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Make the current window show at least one line and one column.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
win_ensure_size(void)
|
|
{
|
|
if (curwin->w_height == 0)
|
|
win_setheight(1);
|
|
if (curwin->w_width == 0)
|
|
win_setwidth(1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set current window height and take care of repositioning other windows to
|
|
* fit around it.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
win_setheight(int height)
|
|
{
|
|
win_setheight_win(height, curwin);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set the window height of window "win" and take care of repositioning other
|
|
* windows to fit around it.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
win_setheight_win(int height, win_T *win)
|
|
{
|
|
int row;
|
|
|
|
if (win == curwin)
|
|
{
|
|
// Always keep current window at least one line high, even when
|
|
// 'winminheight' is zero.
|
|
if (height < p_wmh)
|
|
height = p_wmh;
|
|
if (height == 0)
|
|
height = 1;
|
|
height += WINBAR_HEIGHT(curwin);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
frame_setheight(win->w_frame, height + win->w_status_height);
|
|
|
|
// recompute the window positions
|
|
row = win_comp_pos();
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If there is extra space created between the last window and the command
|
|
* line, clear it.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (full_screen && msg_scrolled == 0 && row < cmdline_row)
|
|
screen_fill(row, cmdline_row, 0, (int)Columns, ' ', ' ', 0);
|
|
cmdline_row = row;
|
|
msg_row = row;
|
|
msg_col = 0;
|
|
|
|
win_fix_scroll(TRUE);
|
|
|
|
redraw_all_later(UPD_NOT_VALID);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set the height of a frame to "height" and take care that all frames and
|
|
* windows inside it are resized. Also resize frames on the left and right if
|
|
* the are in the same FR_ROW frame.
|
|
*
|
|
* Strategy:
|
|
* If the frame is part of a FR_COL frame, try fitting the frame in that
|
|
* frame. If that doesn't work (the FR_COL frame is too small), recursively
|
|
* go to containing frames to resize them and make room.
|
|
* If the frame is part of a FR_ROW frame, all frames must be resized as well.
|
|
* Check for the minimal height of the FR_ROW frame.
|
|
* At the top level we can also use change the command line height.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
frame_setheight(frame_T *curfrp, int height)
|
|
{
|
|
int room; // total number of lines available
|
|
int take; // number of lines taken from other windows
|
|
int room_cmdline; // lines available from cmdline
|
|
int run;
|
|
frame_T *frp;
|
|
int h;
|
|
int room_reserved;
|
|
|
|
// If the height already is the desired value, nothing to do.
|
|
if (curfrp->fr_height == height)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if (curfrp->fr_parent == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
// topframe: can only change the command line height
|
|
if (height > ROWS_AVAIL)
|
|
height = ROWS_AVAIL;
|
|
if (height > 0)
|
|
frame_new_height(curfrp, height, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (curfrp->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_ROW)
|
|
{
|
|
// Row of frames: Also need to resize frames left and right of this
|
|
// one. First check for the minimal height of these.
|
|
h = frame_minheight(curfrp->fr_parent, NULL);
|
|
if (height < h)
|
|
height = h;
|
|
frame_setheight(curfrp->fr_parent, height);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Column of frames: try to change only frames in this column.
|
|
*/
|
|
/*
|
|
* Do this twice:
|
|
* 1: compute room available, if it's not enough try resizing the
|
|
* containing frame.
|
|
* 2: compute the room available and adjust the height to it.
|
|
* Try not to reduce the height of a window with 'winfixheight' set.
|
|
*/
|
|
for (run = 1; run <= 2; ++run)
|
|
{
|
|
room = 0;
|
|
room_reserved = 0;
|
|
FOR_ALL_FRAMES(frp, curfrp->fr_parent->fr_child)
|
|
{
|
|
if (frp != curfrp
|
|
&& frp->fr_win != NULL
|
|
&& frp->fr_win->w_p_wfh)
|
|
room_reserved += frp->fr_height;
|
|
room += frp->fr_height;
|
|
if (frp != curfrp)
|
|
room -= frame_minheight(frp, NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
if (curfrp->fr_width != Columns)
|
|
room_cmdline = 0;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
room_cmdline = Rows - p_ch - (lastwin->w_winrow
|
|
+ VISIBLE_HEIGHT(lastwin)
|
|
+ lastwin->w_status_height);
|
|
if (room_cmdline < 0)
|
|
room_cmdline = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (height <= room + room_cmdline)
|
|
break;
|
|
if (run == 2 || curfrp->fr_width == Columns)
|
|
{
|
|
height = room + room_cmdline;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
frame_setheight(curfrp->fr_parent, height
|
|
+ frame_minheight(curfrp->fr_parent, NOWIN) - (int)p_wmh - 1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Compute the number of lines we will take from others frames (can be
|
|
* negative!).
|
|
*/
|
|
take = height - curfrp->fr_height;
|
|
|
|
// If there is not enough room, also reduce the height of a window
|
|
// with 'winfixheight' set.
|
|
if (height > room + room_cmdline - room_reserved)
|
|
room_reserved = room + room_cmdline - height;
|
|
// If there is only a 'winfixheight' window and making the
|
|
// window smaller, need to make the other window taller.
|
|
if (take < 0 && room - curfrp->fr_height < room_reserved)
|
|
room_reserved = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (take > 0 && room_cmdline > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
// use lines from cmdline first
|
|
if (take < room_cmdline)
|
|
room_cmdline = take;
|
|
take -= room_cmdline;
|
|
topframe->fr_height += room_cmdline;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* set the current frame to the new height
|
|
*/
|
|
frame_new_height(curfrp, height, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* First take lines from the frames after the current frame. If
|
|
* that is not enough, takes lines from frames above the current
|
|
* frame.
|
|
*/
|
|
for (run = 0; run < 2; ++run)
|
|
{
|
|
if (run == 0)
|
|
frp = curfrp->fr_next; // 1st run: start with next window
|
|
else
|
|
frp = curfrp->fr_prev; // 2nd run: start with prev window
|
|
while (frp != NULL && take != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
h = frame_minheight(frp, NULL);
|
|
if (room_reserved > 0
|
|
&& frp->fr_win != NULL
|
|
&& frp->fr_win->w_p_wfh)
|
|
{
|
|
if (room_reserved >= frp->fr_height)
|
|
room_reserved -= frp->fr_height;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (frp->fr_height - room_reserved > take)
|
|
room_reserved = frp->fr_height - take;
|
|
take -= frp->fr_height - room_reserved;
|
|
frame_new_height(frp, room_reserved, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
room_reserved = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (frp->fr_height - take < h)
|
|
{
|
|
take -= frp->fr_height - h;
|
|
frame_new_height(frp, h, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
frame_new_height(frp, frp->fr_height - take,
|
|
FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
take = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (run == 0)
|
|
frp = frp->fr_next;
|
|
else
|
|
frp = frp->fr_prev;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set current window width and take care of repositioning other windows to
|
|
* fit around it.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
win_setwidth(int width)
|
|
{
|
|
win_setwidth_win(width, curwin);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
win_setwidth_win(int width, win_T *wp)
|
|
{
|
|
// Always keep current window at least one column wide, even when
|
|
// 'winminwidth' is zero.
|
|
if (wp == curwin)
|
|
{
|
|
if (width < p_wmw)
|
|
width = p_wmw;
|
|
if (width == 0)
|
|
width = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (width < 0)
|
|
width = 0;
|
|
|
|
frame_setwidth(wp->w_frame, width + wp->w_vsep_width);
|
|
|
|
// recompute the window positions
|
|
(void)win_comp_pos();
|
|
|
|
redraw_all_later(UPD_NOT_VALID);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set the width of a frame to "width" and take care that all frames and
|
|
* windows inside it are resized. Also resize frames above and below if the
|
|
* are in the same FR_ROW frame.
|
|
*
|
|
* Strategy is similar to frame_setheight().
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
frame_setwidth(frame_T *curfrp, int width)
|
|
{
|
|
int room; // total number of lines available
|
|
int take; // number of lines taken from other windows
|
|
int run;
|
|
frame_T *frp;
|
|
int w;
|
|
int room_reserved;
|
|
|
|
// If the width already is the desired value, nothing to do.
|
|
if (curfrp->fr_width == width)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if (curfrp->fr_parent == NULL)
|
|
// topframe: can't change width
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if (curfrp->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL)
|
|
{
|
|
// Column of frames: Also need to resize frames above and below of
|
|
// this one. First check for the minimal width of these.
|
|
w = frame_minwidth(curfrp->fr_parent, NULL);
|
|
if (width < w)
|
|
width = w;
|
|
frame_setwidth(curfrp->fr_parent, width);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Row of frames: try to change only frames in this row.
|
|
*
|
|
* Do this twice:
|
|
* 1: compute room available, if it's not enough try resizing the
|
|
* containing frame.
|
|
* 2: compute the room available and adjust the width to it.
|
|
*/
|
|
for (run = 1; run <= 2; ++run)
|
|
{
|
|
room = 0;
|
|
room_reserved = 0;
|
|
FOR_ALL_FRAMES(frp, curfrp->fr_parent->fr_child)
|
|
{
|
|
if (frp != curfrp
|
|
&& frp->fr_win != NULL
|
|
&& frp->fr_win->w_p_wfw)
|
|
room_reserved += frp->fr_width;
|
|
room += frp->fr_width;
|
|
if (frp != curfrp)
|
|
room -= frame_minwidth(frp, NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (width <= room)
|
|
break;
|
|
if (run == 2 || curfrp->fr_height >= ROWS_AVAIL)
|
|
{
|
|
width = room;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
frame_setwidth(curfrp->fr_parent, width
|
|
+ frame_minwidth(curfrp->fr_parent, NOWIN) - (int)p_wmw - 1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Compute the number of lines we will take from others frames (can be
|
|
* negative!).
|
|
*/
|
|
take = width - curfrp->fr_width;
|
|
|
|
// If there is not enough room, also reduce the width of a window
|
|
// with 'winfixwidth' set.
|
|
if (width > room - room_reserved)
|
|
room_reserved = room - width;
|
|
// If there is only a 'winfixwidth' window and making the
|
|
// window smaller, need to make the other window narrower.
|
|
if (take < 0 && room - curfrp->fr_width < room_reserved)
|
|
room_reserved = 0;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* set the current frame to the new width
|
|
*/
|
|
frame_new_width(curfrp, width, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* First take lines from the frames right of the current frame. If
|
|
* that is not enough, takes lines from frames left of the current
|
|
* frame.
|
|
*/
|
|
for (run = 0; run < 2; ++run)
|
|
{
|
|
if (run == 0)
|
|
frp = curfrp->fr_next; // 1st run: start with next window
|
|
else
|
|
frp = curfrp->fr_prev; // 2nd run: start with prev window
|
|
while (frp != NULL && take != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
w = frame_minwidth(frp, NULL);
|
|
if (room_reserved > 0
|
|
&& frp->fr_win != NULL
|
|
&& frp->fr_win->w_p_wfw)
|
|
{
|
|
if (room_reserved >= frp->fr_width)
|
|
room_reserved -= frp->fr_width;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (frp->fr_width - room_reserved > take)
|
|
room_reserved = frp->fr_width - take;
|
|
take -= frp->fr_width - room_reserved;
|
|
frame_new_width(frp, room_reserved, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
room_reserved = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (frp->fr_width - take < w)
|
|
{
|
|
take -= frp->fr_width - w;
|
|
frame_new_width(frp, w, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
frame_new_width(frp, frp->fr_width - take,
|
|
FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
take = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (run == 0)
|
|
frp = frp->fr_next;
|
|
else
|
|
frp = frp->fr_prev;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check 'winminheight' for a valid value and reduce it if needed.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
win_setminheight(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int room;
|
|
int needed;
|
|
int first = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
// loop until there is a 'winminheight' that is possible
|
|
while (p_wmh > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
room = Rows - p_ch;
|
|
needed = min_rows_for_all_tabpages() - 1; // 1 was added for the cmdline
|
|
if (room >= needed)
|
|
break;
|
|
--p_wmh;
|
|
if (first)
|
|
{
|
|
emsg(_(e_not_enough_room));
|
|
first = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check 'winminwidth' for a valid value and reduce it if needed.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
win_setminwidth(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int room;
|
|
int needed;
|
|
int first = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
// loop until there is a 'winminheight' that is possible
|
|
while (p_wmw > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
room = Columns;
|
|
needed = frame_minwidth(topframe, NULL);
|
|
if (room >= needed)
|
|
break;
|
|
--p_wmw;
|
|
if (first)
|
|
{
|
|
emsg(_(e_not_enough_room));
|
|
first = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Status line of dragwin is dragged "offset" lines down (negative is up).
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
win_drag_status_line(win_T *dragwin, int offset)
|
|
{
|
|
frame_T *curfr;
|
|
frame_T *fr;
|
|
int room;
|
|
int row;
|
|
int up; // if TRUE, drag status line up, otherwise down
|
|
int n;
|
|
|
|
fr = dragwin->w_frame;
|
|
curfr = fr;
|
|
if (fr != topframe) // more than one window
|
|
{
|
|
fr = fr->fr_parent;
|
|
// When the parent frame is not a column of frames, its parent should
|
|
// be.
|
|
if (fr->fr_layout != FR_COL)
|
|
{
|
|
curfr = fr;
|
|
if (fr != topframe) // only a row of windows, may drag statusline
|
|
fr = fr->fr_parent;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If this is the last frame in a column, may want to resize the parent
|
|
// frame instead (go two up to skip a row of frames).
|
|
while (curfr != topframe && curfr->fr_next == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (fr != topframe)
|
|
fr = fr->fr_parent;
|
|
curfr = fr;
|
|
if (fr != topframe)
|
|
fr = fr->fr_parent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (offset < 0) // drag up
|
|
{
|
|
up = TRUE;
|
|
offset = -offset;
|
|
// sum up the room of the current frame and above it
|
|
if (fr == curfr)
|
|
{
|
|
// only one window
|
|
room = fr->fr_height - frame_minheight(fr, NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
room = 0;
|
|
for (fr = fr->fr_child; ; fr = fr->fr_next)
|
|
{
|
|
room += fr->fr_height - frame_minheight(fr, NULL);
|
|
if (fr == curfr)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
fr = curfr->fr_next; // put fr at frame that grows
|
|
}
|
|
else // drag down
|
|
{
|
|
up = FALSE;
|
|
/*
|
|
* Only dragging the last status line can reduce p_ch.
|
|
*/
|
|
room = Rows - cmdline_row;
|
|
if (curfr->fr_next == NULL)
|
|
--room;
|
|
else
|
|
room -= p_ch;
|
|
if (room < 0)
|
|
room = 0;
|
|
// sum up the room of frames below of the current one
|
|
FOR_ALL_FRAMES(fr, curfr->fr_next)
|
|
room += fr->fr_height - frame_minheight(fr, NULL);
|
|
fr = curfr; // put fr at window that grows
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (room < offset) // Not enough room
|
|
offset = room; // Move as far as we can
|
|
if (offset <= 0)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Grow frame fr by "offset" lines.
|
|
* Doesn't happen when dragging the last status line up.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (fr != NULL)
|
|
frame_new_height(fr, fr->fr_height + offset, up, FALSE);
|
|
|
|
if (up)
|
|
fr = curfr; // current frame gets smaller
|
|
else
|
|
fr = curfr->fr_next; // next frame gets smaller
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now make the other frames smaller.
|
|
*/
|
|
while (fr != NULL && offset > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
n = frame_minheight(fr, NULL);
|
|
if (fr->fr_height - offset <= n)
|
|
{
|
|
offset -= fr->fr_height - n;
|
|
frame_new_height(fr, n, !up, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
frame_new_height(fr, fr->fr_height - offset, !up, FALSE);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (up)
|
|
fr = fr->fr_prev;
|
|
else
|
|
fr = fr->fr_next;
|
|
}
|
|
row = win_comp_pos();
|
|
screen_fill(row, cmdline_row, 0, (int)Columns, ' ', ' ', 0);
|
|
cmdline_row = row;
|
|
p_ch = MAX(Rows - cmdline_row, MIN_CMDHEIGHT);
|
|
curtab->tp_ch_used = p_ch;
|
|
|
|
win_fix_scroll(TRUE);
|
|
|
|
redraw_all_later(UPD_SOME_VALID);
|
|
showmode();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Separator line of dragwin is dragged "offset" lines right (negative is left).
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
win_drag_vsep_line(win_T *dragwin, int offset)
|
|
{
|
|
frame_T *curfr;
|
|
frame_T *fr;
|
|
int room;
|
|
int left; // if TRUE, drag separator line left, otherwise right
|
|
int n;
|
|
|
|
fr = dragwin->w_frame;
|
|
if (fr == topframe) // only one window (cannot happen?)
|
|
return;
|
|
curfr = fr;
|
|
fr = fr->fr_parent;
|
|
// When the parent frame is not a row of frames, its parent should be.
|
|
if (fr->fr_layout != FR_ROW)
|
|
{
|
|
if (fr == topframe) // only a column of windows (cannot happen?)
|
|
return;
|
|
curfr = fr;
|
|
fr = fr->fr_parent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If this is the last frame in a row, may want to resize a parent
|
|
// frame instead.
|
|
while (curfr->fr_next == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (fr == topframe)
|
|
break;
|
|
curfr = fr;
|
|
fr = fr->fr_parent;
|
|
if (fr != topframe)
|
|
{
|
|
curfr = fr;
|
|
fr = fr->fr_parent;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (offset < 0) // drag left
|
|
{
|
|
left = TRUE;
|
|
offset = -offset;
|
|
// sum up the room of the current frame and left of it
|
|
room = 0;
|
|
for (fr = fr->fr_child; ; fr = fr->fr_next)
|
|
{
|
|
room += fr->fr_width - frame_minwidth(fr, NULL);
|
|
if (fr == curfr)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
fr = curfr->fr_next; // put fr at frame that grows
|
|
}
|
|
else // drag right
|
|
{
|
|
left = FALSE;
|
|
// sum up the room of frames right of the current one
|
|
room = 0;
|
|
FOR_ALL_FRAMES(fr, curfr->fr_next)
|
|
room += fr->fr_width - frame_minwidth(fr, NULL);
|
|
fr = curfr; // put fr at window that grows
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (room < offset) // Not enough room
|
|
offset = room; // Move as far as we can
|
|
if (offset <= 0) // No room at all, quit.
|
|
return;
|
|
if (fr == NULL)
|
|
// This can happen when calling win_move_separator() on the rightmost
|
|
// window. Just don't do anything.
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// grow frame fr by offset lines
|
|
frame_new_width(fr, fr->fr_width + offset, left, FALSE);
|
|
|
|
// shrink other frames: current and at the left or at the right
|
|
if (left)
|
|
fr = curfr; // current frame gets smaller
|
|
else
|
|
fr = curfr->fr_next; // next frame gets smaller
|
|
|
|
while (fr != NULL && offset > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
n = frame_minwidth(fr, NULL);
|
|
if (fr->fr_width - offset <= n)
|
|
{
|
|
offset -= fr->fr_width - n;
|
|
frame_new_width(fr, n, !left, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
frame_new_width(fr, fr->fr_width - offset, !left, FALSE);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (left)
|
|
fr = fr->fr_prev;
|
|
else
|
|
fr = fr->fr_next;
|
|
}
|
|
(void)win_comp_pos();
|
|
redraw_all_later(UPD_NOT_VALID);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#define FRACTION_MULT 16384L
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set wp->w_fraction for the current w_wrow and w_height.
|
|
* Has no effect when the window is less than two lines.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
set_fraction(win_T *wp)
|
|
{
|
|
if (wp->w_height > 1)
|
|
// When cursor is in the first line the percentage is computed as if
|
|
// it's halfway that line. Thus with two lines it is 25%, with three
|
|
// lines 17%, etc. Similarly for the last line: 75%, 83%, etc.
|
|
wp->w_fraction = ((long)wp->w_wrow * FRACTION_MULT
|
|
+ FRACTION_MULT / 2) / (long)wp->w_height;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle scroll position, depending on 'splitkeep'. Replaces the
|
|
* scroll_to_fraction() call from win_new_height() if 'splitkeep' is "screen"
|
|
* or "topline". Instead we iterate over all windows in a tabpage and
|
|
* calculate the new scroll position.
|
|
* TODO: Ensure this also works with wrapped lines.
|
|
* Requires a not fully visible cursor line to be allowed at the bottom of
|
|
* a window("zb"), probably only when 'smoothscroll' is also set.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
win_fix_scroll(int resize)
|
|
{
|
|
if (*p_spk == 'c')
|
|
return; // 'splitkeep' is "cursor"
|
|
|
|
skip_update_topline = TRUE;
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
{
|
|
// Skip when window height has not changed.
|
|
if (wp->w_height != wp->w_prev_height)
|
|
{
|
|
// Cursor position in this window may now be invalid. It is kept
|
|
// potentially invalid until the window is made the current window.
|
|
wp->w_do_win_fix_cursor = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
// If window has moved update botline to keep the same screenlines.
|
|
if (*p_spk == 's' && wp->w_winrow != wp->w_prev_winrow
|
|
&& wp->w_botline - 1 <= wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
{
|
|
int diff = (wp->w_winrow - wp->w_prev_winrow)
|
|
+ (wp->w_height - wp->w_prev_height);
|
|
linenr_T lnum = wp->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
wp->w_cursor.lnum = wp->w_botline - 1;
|
|
|
|
// Add difference in height and row to botline.
|
|
if (diff > 0)
|
|
cursor_down_inner(wp, diff);
|
|
else
|
|
cursor_up_inner(wp, -diff);
|
|
|
|
// Scroll to put the new cursor position at the bottom of the
|
|
// screen.
|
|
wp->w_fraction = FRACTION_MULT;
|
|
scroll_to_fraction(wp, wp->w_prev_height);
|
|
|
|
wp->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (wp == curwin)
|
|
wp->w_valid &= ~VALID_CROW;
|
|
|
|
invalidate_botline_win(wp);
|
|
validate_botline_win(wp);
|
|
}
|
|
wp->w_prev_height = wp->w_height;
|
|
wp->w_prev_winrow = wp->w_winrow;
|
|
}
|
|
skip_update_topline = FALSE;
|
|
// Ensure cursor is valid when not in normal mode or when resized.
|
|
if (!(get_real_state() & (MODE_NORMAL|MODE_CMDLINE|MODE_TERMINAL)))
|
|
win_fix_cursor(FALSE);
|
|
else if (resize)
|
|
win_fix_cursor(TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Make sure the cursor position is valid for 'splitkeep'.
|
|
* If it is not, put the cursor position in the jumplist and move it.
|
|
* If we are not in normal mode ("normal" is FALSE), make it valid by scrolling
|
|
* instead.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
win_fix_cursor(int normal)
|
|
{
|
|
win_T *wp = curwin;
|
|
|
|
if (skip_win_fix_cursor
|
|
|| !wp->w_do_win_fix_cursor
|
|
|| wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count < wp->w_height)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
wp->w_do_win_fix_cursor = FALSE;
|
|
// Determine valid cursor range.
|
|
long so = MIN(wp->w_height / 2, get_scrolloff_value());
|
|
linenr_T lnum = wp->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
|
wp->w_cursor.lnum = wp->w_topline;
|
|
cursor_down_inner(wp, so);
|
|
linenr_T top = wp->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
|
wp->w_cursor.lnum = wp->w_botline - 1;
|
|
cursor_up_inner(wp, so);
|
|
linenr_T bot = wp->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
|
wp->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
|
// Check if cursor position is above or below valid cursor range.
|
|
linenr_T nlnum = 0;
|
|
if (lnum > bot && (wp->w_botline - wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) != 1)
|
|
nlnum = bot;
|
|
else if (lnum < top && wp->w_topline != 1)
|
|
nlnum = (so == wp->w_height / 2) ? bot : top;
|
|
|
|
if (nlnum != 0) // Cursor is invalid for current scroll position.
|
|
{
|
|
if (normal) // Save to jumplist and set cursor to avoid scrolling.
|
|
{
|
|
setmark('\'');
|
|
wp->w_cursor.lnum = nlnum;
|
|
}
|
|
else // Scroll instead when not in normal mode.
|
|
{
|
|
wp->w_fraction = (nlnum == bot) ? FRACTION_MULT : 0;
|
|
scroll_to_fraction(wp, wp->w_prev_height);
|
|
validate_botline();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set the height of a window.
|
|
* "height" excludes any window toolbar.
|
|
* This takes care of the things inside the window, not what happens to the
|
|
* window position, the frame or to other windows.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
win_new_height(win_T *wp, int height)
|
|
{
|
|
int prev_height = wp->w_height;
|
|
|
|
// Don't want a negative height. Happens when splitting a tiny window.
|
|
// Will equalize heights soon to fix it.
|
|
if (height < 0)
|
|
height = 0;
|
|
if (wp->w_height == height)
|
|
return; // nothing to do
|
|
|
|
if (wp->w_height > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (wp == curwin && *p_spk == 'c')
|
|
// w_wrow needs to be valid. When setting 'laststatus' this may
|
|
// call win_new_height() recursively.
|
|
validate_cursor();
|
|
if (wp->w_height != prev_height)
|
|
return; // Recursive call already changed the size, bail out here
|
|
// to avoid the following to mess things up.
|
|
if (wp->w_wrow != wp->w_prev_fraction_row)
|
|
set_fraction(wp);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wp->w_height = height;
|
|
wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
win_comp_scroll(wp);
|
|
|
|
// There is no point in adjusting the scroll position when exiting. Some
|
|
// values might be invalid.
|
|
if (!exiting && *p_spk == 'c')
|
|
{
|
|
wp->w_skipcol = 0;
|
|
scroll_to_fraction(wp, prev_height);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
scroll_to_fraction(win_T *wp, int prev_height)
|
|
{
|
|
linenr_T lnum;
|
|
int sline, line_size;
|
|
int height = wp->w_height;
|
|
|
|
// Don't change w_topline in any of these cases:
|
|
// - window height is 0
|
|
// - 'scrollbind' is set and this isn't the current window
|
|
// - window height is sufficient to display the whole buffer and first line
|
|
// is visible.
|
|
if (height > 0
|
|
&& (!wp->w_p_scb || wp == curwin)
|
|
&& (height < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count || wp->w_topline > 1))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find a value for w_topline that shows the cursor at the same
|
|
* relative position in the window as before (more or less).
|
|
*/
|
|
lnum = wp->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
if (lnum < 1) // can happen when starting up
|
|
lnum = 1;
|
|
wp->w_wrow = ((long)wp->w_fraction * (long)height - 1L)
|
|
/ FRACTION_MULT;
|
|
line_size = plines_win_col(wp, lnum, (long)(wp->w_cursor.col)) - 1;
|
|
sline = wp->w_wrow - line_size;
|
|
|
|
if (sline >= 0)
|
|
{
|
|
// Make sure the whole cursor line is visible, if possible.
|
|
int rows = plines_win(wp, lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
|
if (sline > wp->w_height - rows)
|
|
{
|
|
sline = wp->w_height - rows;
|
|
wp->w_wrow -= rows - line_size;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (sline < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Cursor line would go off top of screen if w_wrow was this high.
|
|
* Make cursor line the first line in the window. If not enough
|
|
* room use w_skipcol;
|
|
*/
|
|
wp->w_wrow = line_size;
|
|
if (wp->w_wrow >= wp->w_height
|
|
&& (wp->w_width - win_col_off(wp)) > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
wp->w_skipcol += wp->w_width - win_col_off(wp);
|
|
--wp->w_wrow;
|
|
while (wp->w_wrow >= wp->w_height)
|
|
{
|
|
wp->w_skipcol += wp->w_width - win_col_off(wp)
|
|
+ win_col_off2(wp);
|
|
--wp->w_wrow;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (sline > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
while (sline > 0 && lnum > 1)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
if (lnum == 1)
|
|
{
|
|
// first line in buffer is folded
|
|
line_size = 1;
|
|
--sline;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
--lnum;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
if (lnum == wp->w_topline)
|
|
line_size = plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, TRUE)
|
|
+ wp->w_topfill;
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
line_size = plines_win(wp, lnum, TRUE);
|
|
sline -= line_size;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (sline < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Line we want at top would go off top of screen. Use next
|
|
* line instead.
|
|
*/
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, NULL, &lnum, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
#endif
|
|
lnum++;
|
|
wp->w_wrow -= line_size + sline;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (sline > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
// First line of file reached, use that as topline.
|
|
lnum = 1;
|
|
wp->w_wrow -= sline;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
set_topline(wp, lnum);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (wp == curwin)
|
|
curs_columns(FALSE); // validate w_wrow
|
|
|
|
if (prev_height > 0)
|
|
wp->w_prev_fraction_row = wp->w_wrow;
|
|
|
|
redraw_win_later(wp, UPD_SOME_VALID);
|
|
invalidate_botline_win(wp);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set the width of a window.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
win_new_width(win_T *wp, int width)
|
|
{
|
|
// Should we give an error if width < 0?
|
|
wp->w_width = width < 0 ? 0 : width;
|
|
wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
|
|
changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
|
|
invalidate_botline_win(wp);
|
|
|
|
if (wp == curwin && *p_spk == 'c')
|
|
curs_columns(TRUE); // validate w_wrow
|
|
|
|
redraw_win_later(wp, UPD_NOT_VALID);
|
|
wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
win_comp_scroll(win_T *wp)
|
|
{
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
|
|
int old_w_p_scr = wp->w_p_scr;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
wp->w_p_scr = ((unsigned)wp->w_height >> 1);
|
|
if (wp->w_p_scr == 0)
|
|
wp->w_p_scr = 1;
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
|
|
if (wp->w_p_scr != old_w_p_scr)
|
|
{
|
|
// Used by "verbose set scroll".
|
|
wp->w_p_script_ctx[WV_SCROLL].sc_sid = SID_WINLAYOUT;
|
|
wp->w_p_script_ctx[WV_SCROLL].sc_lnum = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Command_height: called whenever p_ch has been changed.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
command_height(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int h;
|
|
frame_T *frp;
|
|
int old_p_ch = curtab->tp_ch_used;
|
|
|
|
// Use the value of p_ch that we remembered. This is needed for when the
|
|
// GUI starts up, we can't be sure in what order things happen. And when
|
|
// p_ch was changed in another tab page.
|
|
curtab->tp_ch_used = p_ch;
|
|
|
|
// If the space for the command line is already more than 'cmdheight' there
|
|
// is nothing to do (window size must have decreased).
|
|
// Note: this makes curtab->tp_ch_used unreliable
|
|
if (p_ch > old_p_ch && cmdline_row <= Rows - p_ch)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// Update cmdline_row to what it should be: just below the last window.
|
|
cmdline_row = topframe->fr_height + tabline_height();
|
|
|
|
// old_p_ch may be unreliable, because of the early return above, so
|
|
// set old_p_ch to what it would be, so that the windows get resized
|
|
// properly for the new value.
|
|
old_p_ch = Rows - cmdline_row;
|
|
|
|
// Find bottom frame with width of screen.
|
|
frp = lastwin->w_frame;
|
|
while (frp->fr_width != Columns && frp->fr_parent != NULL)
|
|
frp = frp->fr_parent;
|
|
|
|
// Avoid changing the height of a window with 'winfixheight' set.
|
|
while (frp->fr_prev != NULL && frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF
|
|
&& frp->fr_win->w_p_wfh)
|
|
frp = frp->fr_prev;
|
|
|
|
if (starting != NO_SCREEN)
|
|
{
|
|
cmdline_row = Rows - p_ch;
|
|
|
|
if (p_ch > old_p_ch) // p_ch got bigger
|
|
{
|
|
while (p_ch > old_p_ch)
|
|
{
|
|
if (frp == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
emsg(_(e_not_enough_room));
|
|
p_ch = old_p_ch;
|
|
curtab->tp_ch_used = p_ch;
|
|
cmdline_row = Rows - p_ch;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
h = frp->fr_height - frame_minheight(frp, NULL);
|
|
if (h > p_ch - old_p_ch)
|
|
h = p_ch - old_p_ch;
|
|
old_p_ch += h;
|
|
frame_add_height(frp, -h);
|
|
frp = frp->fr_prev;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Recompute window positions.
|
|
(void)win_comp_pos();
|
|
|
|
if (!need_wait_return)
|
|
{
|
|
// clear the lines added to cmdline
|
|
if (full_screen)
|
|
screen_fill(cmdline_row, (int)Rows, 0,
|
|
(int)Columns, ' ', ' ', 0);
|
|
msg_row = cmdline_row;
|
|
}
|
|
redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (msg_row < cmdline_row)
|
|
msg_row = cmdline_row;
|
|
redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
frame_add_height(frp, (int)(old_p_ch - p_ch));
|
|
|
|
// Recompute window positions.
|
|
if (frp != lastwin->w_frame)
|
|
(void)win_comp_pos();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Resize frame "frp" to be "n" lines higher (negative for less high).
|
|
* Also resize the frames it is contained in.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
frame_add_height(frame_T *frp, int n)
|
|
{
|
|
frame_new_height(frp, frp->fr_height + n, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
frp = frp->fr_parent;
|
|
if (frp == NULL)
|
|
break;
|
|
frp->fr_height += n;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Add or remove a status line for the bottom window(s), according to the
|
|
* value of 'laststatus'.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
last_status(
|
|
int morewin) // pretend there are two or more windows
|
|
{
|
|
// Don't make a difference between horizontal or vertical split.
|
|
last_status_rec(topframe, last_stl_height(morewin) > 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
last_status_rec(frame_T *fr, int statusline)
|
|
{
|
|
frame_T *fp;
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
|
|
if (fr->fr_layout == FR_LEAF)
|
|
{
|
|
wp = fr->fr_win;
|
|
if (wp->w_status_height != 0 && !statusline)
|
|
{
|
|
// remove status line
|
|
win_new_height(wp, wp->w_height + 1);
|
|
wp->w_status_height = 0;
|
|
comp_col();
|
|
}
|
|
else if (wp->w_status_height == 0 && statusline)
|
|
{
|
|
// Find a frame to take a line from.
|
|
fp = fr;
|
|
while (fp->fr_height <= frame_minheight(fp, NULL))
|
|
{
|
|
if (fp == topframe)
|
|
{
|
|
emsg(_(e_not_enough_room));
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
// In a column of frames: go to frame above. If already at
|
|
// the top or in a row of frames: go to parent.
|
|
if (fp->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL && fp->fr_prev != NULL)
|
|
fp = fp->fr_prev;
|
|
else
|
|
fp = fp->fr_parent;
|
|
}
|
|
wp->w_status_height = 1;
|
|
if (fp != fr)
|
|
{
|
|
frame_new_height(fp, fp->fr_height - 1, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
frame_fix_height(wp);
|
|
(void)win_comp_pos();
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
win_new_height(wp, wp->w_height - 1);
|
|
comp_col();
|
|
redraw_all_later(UPD_SOME_VALID);
|
|
}
|
|
// Set prev_height when difference is due to 'laststatus'.
|
|
if (abs(wp->w_height - wp->w_prev_height) == 1)
|
|
wp->w_prev_height = wp->w_height;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (fr->fr_layout == FR_ROW)
|
|
{
|
|
// vertically split windows, set status line for each one
|
|
FOR_ALL_FRAMES(fp, fr->fr_child)
|
|
last_status_rec(fp, statusline);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// horizontally split window, set status line for last one
|
|
for (fp = fr->fr_child; fp->fr_next != NULL; fp = fp->fr_next)
|
|
;
|
|
last_status_rec(fp, statusline);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return the number of lines used by the tab page line.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
tabline_height(void)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
|
|
// When the GUI has the tabline then this always returns zero.
|
|
if (gui_use_tabline())
|
|
return 0;
|
|
#endif
|
|
switch (p_stal)
|
|
{
|
|
case 0: return 0;
|
|
case 1: return (first_tabpage->tp_next == NULL) ? 0 : 1;
|
|
}
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return the height of the last window's statusline.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
last_stl_height(
|
|
int morewin) // pretend there are two or more windows
|
|
{
|
|
return (p_ls == 2 || (p_ls == 1 && (morewin || !ONE_WINDOW)))
|
|
? STATUS_HEIGHT : 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return the minimal number of rows that is needed on the screen to display
|
|
* the current number of windows.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
min_rows(void)
|
|
{
|
|
if (firstwin == NULL) // not initialized yet
|
|
return MIN_LINES;
|
|
|
|
return frame_minheight(curtab->tp_topframe, NULL) + tabline_height()
|
|
+ MIN_CMDHEIGHT;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return the minimal number of rows that is needed on the screen to display
|
|
* the current number of windows for all tab pages.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
min_rows_for_all_tabpages(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int total;
|
|
tabpage_T *tp;
|
|
int n;
|
|
|
|
if (firstwin == NULL) // not initialized yet
|
|
return MIN_LINES;
|
|
|
|
total = 0;
|
|
FOR_ALL_TABPAGES(tp)
|
|
{
|
|
n = frame_minheight(tp->tp_topframe, NULL);
|
|
if (total < n)
|
|
total = n;
|
|
}
|
|
total += tabline_height();
|
|
total += MIN_CMDHEIGHT;
|
|
return total;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE if there is only one window and only one tab page, not
|
|
* counting a help or preview window, unless it is the current window.
|
|
* Does not count unlisted windows.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
only_one_window(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int count = 0;
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_PROP_POPUP)
|
|
// If the current window is a popup then there always is another window.
|
|
if (popup_is_popup(curwin))
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
// If there is another tab page there always is another window.
|
|
if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL)
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
if (wp->w_buffer != NULL
|
|
&& (!((bt_help(wp->w_buffer) && !bt_help(curbuf))
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
|
|
|| wp->w_p_pvw
|
|
# endif
|
|
) || wp == curwin) && !is_aucmd_win(wp))
|
|
++count;
|
|
return (count <= 1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Implementation of check_lnums() and check_lnums_nested().
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
check_lnums_both(int do_curwin, int nested)
|
|
{
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
tabpage_T *tp;
|
|
|
|
FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
|
|
if ((do_curwin || wp != curwin) && wp->w_buffer == curbuf)
|
|
{
|
|
int need_adjust;
|
|
|
|
if (!nested)
|
|
{
|
|
// save the original cursor position and topline
|
|
wp->w_save_cursor.w_cursor_save = wp->w_cursor;
|
|
wp->w_save_cursor.w_topline_save = wp->w_topline;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
need_adjust = wp->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
if (need_adjust)
|
|
wp->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
if (need_adjust || !nested)
|
|
// save the (corrected) cursor position
|
|
wp->w_save_cursor.w_cursor_corr = wp->w_cursor;
|
|
|
|
need_adjust = wp->w_topline > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
if (need_adjust)
|
|
wp->w_topline = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
if (need_adjust || !nested)
|
|
// save the (corrected) topline
|
|
wp->w_save_cursor.w_topline_corr = wp->w_topline;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Correct the cursor line number in other windows. Used after changing the
|
|
* current buffer, and before applying autocommands.
|
|
* When "do_curwin" is TRUE, also check current window.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
check_lnums(int do_curwin)
|
|
{
|
|
check_lnums_both(do_curwin, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Like check_lnums() but for when check_lnums() was already called.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
check_lnums_nested(int do_curwin)
|
|
{
|
|
check_lnums_both(do_curwin, TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Reset cursor and topline to its stored values from check_lnums().
|
|
* check_lnums() must have been called first!
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
reset_lnums(void)
|
|
{
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
tabpage_T *tp;
|
|
|
|
FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
|
|
if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf)
|
|
{
|
|
// Restore the value if the autocommand didn't change it and it was
|
|
// set.
|
|
// Note: This triggers e.g. on BufReadPre, when the buffer is not yet
|
|
// loaded, so cannot validate the buffer line
|
|
if (EQUAL_POS(wp->w_save_cursor.w_cursor_corr, wp->w_cursor)
|
|
&& wp->w_save_cursor.w_cursor_save.lnum != 0)
|
|
wp->w_cursor = wp->w_save_cursor.w_cursor_save;
|
|
if (wp->w_save_cursor.w_topline_corr == wp->w_topline
|
|
&& wp->w_save_cursor.w_topline_save != 0)
|
|
wp->w_topline = wp->w_save_cursor.w_topline_save;
|
|
if (wp->w_save_cursor.w_topline_save > wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
wp->w_valid &= ~VALID_TOPLINE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* A snapshot of the window sizes, to restore them after closing the help
|
|
* or other window.
|
|
* Only these fields are used:
|
|
* fr_layout
|
|
* fr_width
|
|
* fr_height
|
|
* fr_next
|
|
* fr_child
|
|
* fr_win (only valid for the old curwin, NULL otherwise)
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Create a snapshot of the current frame sizes.
|
|
* "idx" is SNAP_HELP_IDX or SNAP_AUCMD_IDX.
|
|
* Return FAIL if out of memory, OK otherwise.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
make_snapshot(int idx)
|
|
{
|
|
clear_snapshot(curtab, idx);
|
|
if (make_snapshot_rec(topframe, &curtab->tp_snapshot[idx]) == FAIL)
|
|
{
|
|
clear_snapshot(curtab, idx);
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
return OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
make_snapshot_rec(frame_T *fr, frame_T **frp)
|
|
{
|
|
*frp = ALLOC_CLEAR_ONE(frame_T);
|
|
if (*frp == NULL)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
(*frp)->fr_layout = fr->fr_layout;
|
|
(*frp)->fr_width = fr->fr_width;
|
|
(*frp)->fr_height = fr->fr_height;
|
|
if (fr->fr_next != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (make_snapshot_rec(fr->fr_next, &((*frp)->fr_next)) == FAIL)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
if (fr->fr_child != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (make_snapshot_rec(fr->fr_child, &((*frp)->fr_child)) == FAIL)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
if (fr->fr_layout == FR_LEAF && fr->fr_win == curwin)
|
|
(*frp)->fr_win = curwin;
|
|
return OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Remove any existing snapshot.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
clear_snapshot(tabpage_T *tp, int idx)
|
|
{
|
|
clear_snapshot_rec(tp->tp_snapshot[idx]);
|
|
tp->tp_snapshot[idx] = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
clear_snapshot_rec(frame_T *fr)
|
|
{
|
|
if (fr == NULL)
|
|
return;
|
|
clear_snapshot_rec(fr->fr_next);
|
|
clear_snapshot_rec(fr->fr_child);
|
|
vim_free(fr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Traverse a snapshot to find the previous curwin.
|
|
*/
|
|
static win_T *
|
|
get_snapshot_curwin_rec(frame_T *ft)
|
|
{
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
|
|
if (ft->fr_next != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if ((wp = get_snapshot_curwin_rec(ft->fr_next)) != NULL)
|
|
return wp;
|
|
}
|
|
if (ft->fr_child != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if ((wp = get_snapshot_curwin_rec(ft->fr_child)) != NULL)
|
|
return wp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return ft->fr_win;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return the current window stored in the snapshot or NULL.
|
|
*/
|
|
static win_T *
|
|
get_snapshot_curwin(int idx)
|
|
{
|
|
if (curtab->tp_snapshot[idx] == NULL)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
return get_snapshot_curwin_rec(curtab->tp_snapshot[idx]);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Restore a previously created snapshot, if there is any.
|
|
* This is only done if the screen size didn't change and the window layout is
|
|
* still the same.
|
|
* "idx" is SNAP_HELP_IDX or SNAP_AUCMD_IDX.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
restore_snapshot(
|
|
int idx,
|
|
int close_curwin) // closing current window
|
|
{
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
|
|
if (curtab->tp_snapshot[idx] != NULL
|
|
&& curtab->tp_snapshot[idx]->fr_width == topframe->fr_width
|
|
&& curtab->tp_snapshot[idx]->fr_height == topframe->fr_height
|
|
&& check_snapshot_rec(curtab->tp_snapshot[idx], topframe) == OK)
|
|
{
|
|
wp = restore_snapshot_rec(curtab->tp_snapshot[idx], topframe);
|
|
win_comp_pos();
|
|
if (wp != NULL && close_curwin)
|
|
win_goto(wp);
|
|
redraw_all_later(UPD_NOT_VALID);
|
|
}
|
|
clear_snapshot(curtab, idx);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check if frames "sn" and "fr" have the same layout, same following frames
|
|
* and same children. And the window pointer is valid.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
check_snapshot_rec(frame_T *sn, frame_T *fr)
|
|
{
|
|
if (sn->fr_layout != fr->fr_layout
|
|
|| (sn->fr_next == NULL) != (fr->fr_next == NULL)
|
|
|| (sn->fr_child == NULL) != (fr->fr_child == NULL)
|
|
|| (sn->fr_next != NULL
|
|
&& check_snapshot_rec(sn->fr_next, fr->fr_next) == FAIL)
|
|
|| (sn->fr_child != NULL
|
|
&& check_snapshot_rec(sn->fr_child, fr->fr_child) == FAIL)
|
|
|| (sn->fr_win != NULL && !win_valid(sn->fr_win)))
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
return OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Copy the size of snapshot frame "sn" to frame "fr". Do the same for all
|
|
* following frames and children.
|
|
* Returns a pointer to the old current window, or NULL.
|
|
*/
|
|
static win_T *
|
|
restore_snapshot_rec(frame_T *sn, frame_T *fr)
|
|
{
|
|
win_T *wp = NULL;
|
|
win_T *wp2;
|
|
|
|
fr->fr_height = sn->fr_height;
|
|
fr->fr_width = sn->fr_width;
|
|
if (fr->fr_layout == FR_LEAF)
|
|
{
|
|
frame_new_height(fr, fr->fr_height, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
frame_new_width(fr, fr->fr_width, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
wp = sn->fr_win;
|
|
}
|
|
if (sn->fr_next != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
wp2 = restore_snapshot_rec(sn->fr_next, fr->fr_next);
|
|
if (wp2 != NULL)
|
|
wp = wp2;
|
|
}
|
|
if (sn->fr_child != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
wp2 = restore_snapshot_rec(sn->fr_child, fr->fr_child);
|
|
if (wp2 != NULL)
|
|
wp = wp2;
|
|
}
|
|
return wp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE if there is any vertically split window.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
win_hasvertsplit(void)
|
|
{
|
|
frame_T *fr;
|
|
|
|
if (topframe->fr_layout == FR_ROW)
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if (topframe->fr_layout == FR_COL)
|
|
FOR_ALL_FRAMES(fr, topframe->fr_child)
|
|
if (fr->fr_layout == FR_ROW)
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_PYTHON) || defined(FEAT_PYTHON3) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
int
|
|
get_win_number(win_T *wp, win_T *first_win)
|
|
{
|
|
int i = 1;
|
|
win_T *w;
|
|
|
|
for (w = first_win; w != NULL && w != wp; w = W_NEXT(w))
|
|
++i;
|
|
|
|
if (w == NULL)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
else
|
|
return i;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
get_tab_number(tabpage_T *tp)
|
|
{
|
|
int i = 1;
|
|
tabpage_T *t;
|
|
|
|
for (t = first_tabpage; t != NULL && t != tp; t = t->tp_next)
|
|
++i;
|
|
|
|
if (t == NULL)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
else
|
|
return i;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE if "topfrp" and its children are at the right height.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
frame_check_height(frame_T *topfrp, int height)
|
|
{
|
|
frame_T *frp;
|
|
|
|
if (topfrp->fr_height != height)
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if (topfrp->fr_layout == FR_ROW)
|
|
FOR_ALL_FRAMES(frp, topfrp->fr_child)
|
|
if (frp->fr_height != height)
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE if "topfrp" and its children are at the right width.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
frame_check_width(frame_T *topfrp, int width)
|
|
{
|
|
frame_T *frp;
|
|
|
|
if (topfrp->fr_width != width)
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if (topfrp->fr_layout == FR_COL)
|
|
FOR_ALL_FRAMES(frp, topfrp->fr_child)
|
|
if (frp->fr_width != width)
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
/*
|
|
* Simple int comparison function for use with qsort()
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
int_cmp(const void *pa, const void *pb)
|
|
{
|
|
const int a = *(const int *)pa;
|
|
const int b = *(const int *)pb;
|
|
if (a > b)
|
|
return 1;
|
|
if (a < b)
|
|
return -1;
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check "cc" as 'colorcolumn' and update the members of "wp".
|
|
* This is called when 'colorcolumn' or 'textwidth' is changed.
|
|
* Returns error message, NULL if it's OK.
|
|
*/
|
|
char *
|
|
check_colorcolumn(
|
|
char_u *cc, // when NULL: use "wp->w_p_cc"
|
|
win_T *wp) // when NULL: only parse "cc"
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *s = empty_option;
|
|
int tw;
|
|
int col;
|
|
int count = 0;
|
|
int color_cols[256];
|
|
int i;
|
|
int j = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (wp != NULL && wp->w_buffer == NULL)
|
|
return NULL; // buffer was closed
|
|
|
|
if (cc != NULL)
|
|
s = cc;
|
|
else if (wp != NULL)
|
|
s = wp->w_p_cc;
|
|
|
|
if (wp != NULL)
|
|
tw = wp->w_buffer->b_p_tw;
|
|
else
|
|
// buffer-local value not set, assume zero
|
|
tw = 0;
|
|
|
|
while (*s != NUL && count < 255)
|
|
{
|
|
if (*s == '-' || *s == '+')
|
|
{
|
|
// -N and +N: add to 'textwidth'
|
|
col = (*s == '-') ? -1 : 1;
|
|
++s;
|
|
if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*s))
|
|
return e_invalid_argument;
|
|
col = col * getdigits(&s);
|
|
if (tw == 0)
|
|
goto skip; // 'textwidth' not set, skip this item
|
|
col += tw;
|
|
if (col < 0)
|
|
goto skip;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*s))
|
|
col = getdigits(&s);
|
|
else
|
|
return e_invalid_argument;
|
|
color_cols[count++] = col - 1; // 1-based to 0-based
|
|
skip:
|
|
if (*s == NUL)
|
|
break;
|
|
if (*s != ',')
|
|
return e_invalid_argument;
|
|
if (*++s == NUL)
|
|
return e_invalid_argument; // illegal trailing comma as in "set cc=80,"
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (wp == NULL)
|
|
return NULL; // only parse "cc"
|
|
|
|
vim_free(wp->w_p_cc_cols);
|
|
if (count == 0)
|
|
wp->w_p_cc_cols = NULL;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
wp->w_p_cc_cols = ALLOC_MULT(int, count + 1);
|
|
if (wp->w_p_cc_cols != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
// sort the columns for faster usage on screen redraw inside
|
|
// win_line()
|
|
qsort(color_cols, count, sizeof(int), int_cmp);
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < count; ++i)
|
|
// skip duplicates
|
|
if (j == 0 || wp->w_p_cc_cols[j - 1] != color_cols[i])
|
|
wp->w_p_cc_cols[j++] = color_cols[i];
|
|
wp->w_p_cc_cols[j] = -1; // end marker
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return NULL; // no error
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
get_last_winid(void)
|
|
{
|
|
return last_win_id;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Don't let autocommands close the given window
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
win_locked(win_T *wp)
|
|
{
|
|
return wp->w_locked;
|
|
}
|